Quarterlytics / Industrials / Integrated Freight & Logistics / Pitney Bowes

Pitney Bowes

pbi · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker pbi
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Integrated Freight & Logistics
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Pitney Bowes
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023    Commission file number: 1-3579

PITNEY BOWES INC.

State of incorporation:

Delaware

Address:
Telephone Number:

3001 Summer Street,
(203)

356-5000

Stamford,

Connecticut

06926

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

06-0495050

Title of Each Class

Common Stock, $1 par value per share
6.7% Notes due 2043

Trading Symbol(s)
PBI
PBI.PRB

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☑ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐No ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑
No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T
(section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files) Yes ☑ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth
company. See definition of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

☑
☐

Accelerated filer
Emerging growth company


☐

Non-accelerated filer



If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for  complying  with  new  or  revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes ☑ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☑

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the
correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the
registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐

As of June 30, 2023, the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $622 million based on the closing sale price as
reported on the New York Stock Exchange. At January 31, 2024, there were 176,528,703 outstanding shares of common stock, $1 par value.

Portions of the registrant's proxy statement to be filed within 120 days after our fiscal year end in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, are incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1

PITNEY BOWES INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Page Number

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 1C.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Cybersecurity
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Market for the Company's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Reserved
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

PART III
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data

2

3
 8
14
14
15
15
15

16
16
17
28
28
28
29
29
29

30
30
31
31
31

32
34

36

 
 
 
 
 
PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (Annual Report) contains statements that are forward-looking. We believe that these forward-looking statements are
reasonable  based  on  our  current  expectations  and  assumptions.  However,  we  caution  readers  that  any  forward-looking  statement  within  the  meaning  of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are subject to risks and uncertainties and actual results
could differ materially. Words such as "estimate," "target," "project," "plan," "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intend" and similar expressions may identify
such  forward-looking  statements.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  statement,  whether  as  a  result  of  new
information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report speak only as of the date hereof, and
forward-looking statements in documents attached that are incorporated by reference speak only as of the date of those documents.

While we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, forward-looking statements are subject to inherent risks
and  uncertainties  and  subject  to  change.  Accordingly,  actual  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and  cash  flows  could  differ  materially  from  those
projected  or  assumed  in  our  forward-looking  statements.  Certain  factors  which  could  cause  future  financial  performance  to  differ  materially  from
expectations include, without limitation:

•
•

•
•
•

•
•

•

•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

declining physical mail volumes
changes in postal regulations or the operations and financial health of posts in the U.S. or other major markets, or changes to the broader postal or
shipping markets
our ability to continue to grow volumes, gain additional economies of scale and improve profitability within our Global Ecommerce segment
the loss of some of our larger clients in our Global Ecommerce and Presort Services segments
the loss of, or significant changes to, United States Postal Service (USPS) commercial programs or our contractual relationships with the USPS or
USPS' performance under those contracts
the impacts of higher interest rates and the potential for future interest rate increases on our cost of debt
declines in demand for our ecommerce services resulting from supply chain delays or interruptions affecting our retail clients, or changes in retail
consumer behavior or spending patterns
changes in international trade policies, including the imposition or expansion of trade tariffs, and other geopolitical risks, including those related to
China
global supply chain issues adversely impacting our third-party suppliers' ability to provide us products and services
expenses and potential impacts resulting from a breach of security, including cyber-attacks or other comparable events
the  impacts  of  inflation  and  rising  prices,  higher  interest  rates  and  a  slow-down  in  economic  activity,  including  a  global  recession,  or  a  U.S.
government shutdown, to the company, our clients and retail consumers
competitive factors, including pricing pressures, technological developments and the introduction of new products and services by competitors
capital market disruptions or credit rating downgrades that adversely impact our ability to access capital markets at reasonable costs
changes in labor and transportation availability and costs
changes in foreign currency exchange rates, especially the impact a strengthening U.S. dollar could have on our global operations
our success at managing customer credit risk
changes in banking regulations, major bank failures or the loss of our Industrial Bank charter
changes in tax laws, rulings or regulations
our success in developing and marketing new products and services and obtaining regulatory approvals, if required
the continued availability and security of key information technology systems and the cost to comply with information security requirements and
privacy laws
our success at managing relationships and costs with outsource providers of certain functions and operations
increased environmental and climate change requirements or other developments in these areas
intellectual property infringement claims
the use of the postal system for transmitting harmful biological agents, illegal substances or other terrorist attacks
acts of nature and the impact of a pandemic on the Company and the services and solutions we offer

Further information about factors that could materially affect us, including our results of operations and financial condition, is contained in Item
1A. "Risk Factors" in this Annual Report.

3

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

Pitney Bowes Inc. (we, us, our, or the company) is a global shipping and mailing company that provides technology, logistics, and financial services to
small  and  medium  sized  businesses,  large  enterprises,  including  more  than  90  percent  of  the  Fortune  500,  retailers  and  government  clients  around  the
world. These clients rely on us to remove the complexity and increase the efficiency in their sending of mail and parcels. For additional information, visit
www.pitneybowes.com.

Business Segments

Global Ecommerce

Domestic parcel services offers retailers a parcel delivery and returns network for end consumers. We operate numerous domestic parcel sortation centers
connected by a nationwide transportation network, enabling us to pick up parcels from retailer distribution centers and move them through our physical
network.  We  also  offer  fulfillment  services,  providing  pick,  pack  and  ship  services  for  clients  through  three  fulfillment  centers  co-located  within  parcel
sortation centers to facilitate same-day entry into our parcel delivery network.

Cross-border services offers a range of services for our clients to manage their international shopping and shipping experience. Our proprietary technology
enables global tracking and logistics services; calculates duty, tax and shipping costs at checkout; enables multi-currency pricing, payment processing and
fraud management; ensures compliance with product restrictions and produces all documentation requirements to meet export complexities and customs
clearance.

Digital delivery services enables clients to reduce transportation and logistics costs, select the best carrier based on need and cost, improve delivery times
and  track  packages  in  real-time.  Powered  by  our  shipping  APIs,  clients  can  purchase  postage,  print  shipping  labels  and  access  shipping  and  tracking
services  from  multiple  carriers  that  can  be  easily  integrated  into  any  web  application  such  as  online  shopping  carts  or  ecommerce  sites  and  provide
guaranteed delivery times and flexible payment options.

Presort Services

We are the largest workshare partner of the USPS and national outsource provider of mail sortation services that allow clients to qualify large volumes of
First-Class  Mail,  Marketing  Mail  and  Marketing  Mail  Flats  and  Bound  Printed  Matter  for  postal  workshare  discounts.  In  2023,  we  processed  over  15
billion  pieces  of  mail  through  our  network  of  operating  centers  throughout  the  United  States.  Using  our  fully-customized  proprietary  technology,  we
provide clients with end-to-end solutions from pick up to delivery into the postal system network, expedited mail delivery and optimal postage savings.

Sending Technology Solutions (SendTech Solutions)

We provide clients with physical and digital mailing and shipping technology solutions and other applications to help simplify and save on the sending,
tracking and receiving of letters, parcels and flats. We also offer supplies and maintenance services for these offerings. Our cloud enabled infrastructure
provides software-as-a-service (SaaS) offerings delivered online and via connected or mobile devices. Our latest offerings are designed on an open platform
architecture that have the capabilities to leverage partnerships with carriers, developers and other innovative companies to deliver value to our clients. We
offer financing alternatives that enable clients to finance equipment and product purchases.

Through our wholly owned subsidiary, The Pitney Bowes Bank (the Bank), we offer clients located in the United States a revolving credit solution for the
purchase  of  postage,  services  and  supplies  and  an  interest-bearing  deposit  solution  to  clients  who  prepay  postage.  Additionally,  we  offer  financing
alternatives that enable clients to finance or lease other manufacturers’ equipment and provide working capital. We provide revolving credit solutions to
clients in Canada and the U.K. that enable them to make meter rental payments and purchase postage, services and supplies.

Seasonality

A larger percentage of our revenue is earned in the fourth quarter relative to the other quarters, driven primarily by higher shipping volumes during the
holiday season.

Sales and Services

We market our products, solutions and services through a direct and inside sales force, global and regional partner channels, direct mailings and digital
channels.  We  provide  call-center,  online  and  on-site  support  services  for  our  products  and  solutions.  Support  services  are  primarily  provided  under
maintenance contracts.

4

Competition

Our  businesses  face  competition  from  large,  multinational  companies  and  smaller,  more  narrowly  focused  regional  and  local  firms.  We  compete  on  the
basis  of  technology  and  innovation,  breadth  of  product  offerings,  our  ability  to  design  and  tailor  targeted  solutions  to  meet  client  needs,  performance,
service and support, price, quality and brand.

We must continue to invest in our current technologies, products and solutions, and in the development of new technologies, products and solutions in order
to  maintain  and  improve  our  competitive  position.  We  frequently  encounter  new  competitors  as  the  markets  in  which  we  participate  evolve  and  newer
businesses enter our existing markets.

A summary of the competitive environment for each of our segments is as follows:

Global Ecommerce

The domestic parcel services and cross-border solutions market includes competitors of various sizes, including companies and national posts with greater
financial  resources  than  us.  Some  of  these  competitors  specialize  in  point  solutions  or  freight  forwarding  services,  are  full-service  ecommerce  business
process  outsourcers  and  online  marketplaces  with  international  logistic  support,  or  major  global  delivery  services  companies.  We  also  face  competition
from  companies  that  can  offer  both  domestic  and  cross-border  solutions  in  a  single  package  which  creates  pricing  leverage.  The  principal  competitive
factors include speed of delivery, price, ease of integration and use, innovative services, reliability, functionality and scalability. We compete based on the
accuracy,  reliability  and  scalability  of  our  platform  and  logistics  services,  our  ability  to  provide  clients  and  their  customers  a  one-stop  full-service
ecommerce experience and the ability to provide a more customized shipping solution than some of the larger competitors in the industry.

Our  digital  delivery  services  business  competes  with  technology  providers  who  help  make  shipping  easier  and  more  cost-effective.  These  technology
providers  range  from  large,  established  companies  to  smaller  companies  offering  negotiated  carrier  rates.  The  principal  competitive  factors  include
technology stability and reliability, innovation, access to preferred shipping rates and ease of integration with existing systems.

Presort Services

We face competition from regional and local presort providers, cooperatives of multiple local presort providers, consolidators and service bureaus that offer
presort  solutions  as  part  of  a  larger  bundle  of  outsourcing  services.  We  also  face  competition  from  large  mailers  that  have  sufficient  volumes  and  the
capability to sort their own mailings in-house and could use excess capacity to offer presort services to others. The principal competitive factors include
price,  innovative  service,  delivery  speed,  tracking  and  reporting,  industry  expertise  and  economies  of  scale.  Our  competitive  advantages  include  our
extensive  network  capable  of  processing  significant  volumes  and  our  innovative  proprietary  technology  that  provides  clients  with  reliable,  secure  and
precise services and maximum postage discounts.

SendTech Solutions

We face competition from other mail equipment and solutions providers and those that offer online shipping and mailing products and services solutions.
Additionally, the growth of alternative communication methods as compared to physical mail continue to grow, which creates competition to mail and to
our  offerings  that  enable  clients  to  use  the  mail  efficiently.  We  differentiate  ourselves  from  our  competitors  through  our  breadth  of  physical  and  digital
offerings, including cloud enabled SaaS and open platform architecture offerings; pricing; available financing and payment offerings; product reliability;
support services; and our extensive knowledge of the shipping and mailing industry.

Our  financing  operations  face  competition,  in  varying  degrees,  from  large,  diversified  financial  institutions,  including  leasing  companies,  commercial
finance  companies  and  commercial  banks,  as  well  as  small,  specialized  firms.  We  believe  our  competitive  advantage  that  differentiates  us  from  our
competitors  is  the  breadth  of  our  financing  and  payment  solutions  and  our  ability  to  seamlessly  integrate  these  solutions  into  our  clients'  shipping  and
mailing operations.

Also see Item 1A. Risk Factors for further details regarding the competition our businesses face.

Research, Development and Intellectual Property

We invest in research and development activities to develop new products and solutions, enhance the effectiveness and functionality of existing products
and solutions and deliver high value technology and differentiated services in high value segments of the market.

Third-Party Suppliers

Our  SendTech  Solutions  segment  depends  on  third-party  suppliers  and  outsource  providers  for  a  variety  of  services  and  product  components  and  the
hosting of our SaaS offerings. Our Global Ecommerce and Presort Services segments rely on third-party suppliers

5

to help equip our facilities, provide warehouse support and assist with our logistical operations. All of our businesses and corporate functions depend on
third-party providers for a variety of data analytics, sales, reporting and other functions. In certain instances, we rely on single-sourced or limited-sourced
suppliers and outsourcing vendors around the world because doing so is advantageous due to quality, price or lack of alternative sources. We have risk
mitigation  programs  to  monitor  conditions  affecting  our  suppliers'  ability  to  fulfill  expected  commitments.  We  believe  that  our  available  sources  for
services, components, supplies, logistics and manufacturing are adequate.

Regulatory Matters

We are subject to the regulations of postal authorities worldwide related to product specifications of our postage meters. Our Presort Services operations are
also subject to USPS regulations. The Bank is chartered as an Industrial Bank under the laws of the State of Utah. The Bank and certain company affiliates
that  provide  services  to  the  Bank  are  subject  to  the  regulations  of  the  Utah  Department  of  Financial  Institutions  and  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation.  We  are  also  subject  to  transportation  regulations  for  various  parts  of  our  business,  worldwide  customs  and  trade  regulations  related  to  our
cross-border  shipping  services  and  regulations  concerning  data  privacy  and  security  for  our  businesses  that  use,  process  and  store  certain  personal,
confidential or proprietary data.

Climate Change

Although climate change has had no material impact on our operations to date, the risk of increasingly severe climate events or the risk that those events
happen more frequently could affect one or more of our facilities and our ability to conduct daily operations in the future. Increasing regulatory restrictions
in response to climate change could also materially affect our costs, especially with respect to transportation.

Human Capital

Employee Profile

We have approximately 10,500 employees, with 81% located in the United States. We also rely on a contingent hourly workforce to supplement our full-
time workforce to meet fluctuating demand.

We seek to create a high-performance culture that will drive and sustain enhanced long-term value for all our shareholders. To attract, retain and engage the
talent needed, we provide competitive compensation and strive to maintain a diverse, inclusive and safe workplace, with equitable opportunities for growth
and development. Our compensation programs are designed to reward performance and contribution. We regularly assess the business environments and
labor markets in the areas we operate to ensure our compensation programs reflect best practices and are market competitive. Depending on position and
level, elements of our compensation packages include base salary or wages, variable compensation based on individual and company objectives and equity.
We provide a competitive benefits package fostered on work/life balance, including medical, dental, life and disability insurance, and benefits that provide
additional support for our employees’ mental, physical, financial and social well-being.

Diversity and Inclusion

Maintaining a diverse workforce and an inclusive environment is critical to our success and we view diversity and inclusion as a competitive differentiator
that helps us attract, grow, engage and retain the best talent. We celebrate a rich mix of countries, cultures, ages, races, ethnicities, gender identities, sexual
orientation,  abilities,  and  perspectives  that  showcase  our  humanity,  differentiate  us  as  individuals  and  enhance  our  businesses.  Our  global  workforce  is
comprised  of  over  43%  women  and  35%  of  our  global  managers  are  women.  Our  U.S.  population  is  nearly  50%  people  of  color  and  36%  of  our  U.S.
managers are people of color.

We  continue  to  increase  diversity  and  inclusion  awareness  throughout  our  company  through  enhancements  and  improvements  to  our  talent  acquisition
processes, cultural awareness training and the creation of allies and mentors to help advance diversity and inclusion in our workforce.

Employee Engagement and Development

We are committed to creating a culture where our employees feel supported and valued. We offer employees many opportunities to advance their skills,
learn  new  skills  and  achieve  career  goals  through  virtual  and  in-person  development  and  training  programs,  professional  development  initiatives,
experiential learning, mentoring and coaching programs and inclusion networks.

Through  multiple  platforms,  we  offer  employees  and  candidates  varied  opportunities  to  find  development  opportunities  and  stay  informed  about  key
changes to our business. We conduct an independent annual employee engagement survey with demonstrated high levels of employee participation. We
benchmark  our  results  against  our  previous  year’s  performance,  as  well  as  against  other  high-performing  organizations.  We  consider  the  feedback  from
employees and implement changes where possible and financially prudent.

6

Health and Safety

We are committed to providing a safe workplace that protects against and limits personal injury and environmental harm. Through regular evaluations of
site safety performance, sharing of successes, and creating projects to engage employees in safety improvements, we identify risks, provide guidance and
training,  review  and  learn  from  accidents,  and  reduce  injuries.  We  also  report  monthly  to  both  local  site  management  and  senior  leadership  on  safety
metrics, trends, risks and regulatory activity. Through these efforts and employee engagement, we have experienced significant improvements in our total
recordable cases and total recordable incident rates since 2019.

Available Information

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments thereto filed with, or furnished
to,  the  SEC,  are  available,  free  of  charge,  through  the  Investor  Relations  section  of  our  website  at  www.investorrelations.pitneybowes.com  or  from  the
SEC's  website  at  www.sec.gov,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  these  reports  are  electronically  filed  with,  or  furnished  to,  the  SEC.  The  other
information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

Information About Our Executive Officers

Name

(1)

Jason C. Dies
Daniel J. Goldstein
Christoph Stehmann 
Gregg Zegras
Ana Maria Chadwick
James Fairweather
(2)
Debbie Pfeiffer 
Shemin Nurmohamed 

(3)

Age
54
62
61
56
52
52
63
52

Title

Interim Chief Executive Officer
Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary
Executive Vice President, International Sending Technology Solutions
Executive Vice President and President, Global Ecommerce
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Executive Vice President, Chief Innovation Officer
Executive Vice President and President, Presort Services
Executive Vice President and President, Sending Technology Solutions

Executive
Officer Since
2017
2010
2016
2020
2021
2021
2024
2024

(1) 

(2)

(3)

Effective April 1, 2024, Mr. Stehmann will be retiring.
 Effective January 1, 2024, Ms. Pfeiffer was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Presort Services.
 Effective January 1, 2024, Mrs. Nurmohamed was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Sending Technology Solutions.

There are no family relationships among the above officers. The above officers have served in various executive positions with the company for at least the
past five years except as follows:

Mr. Zegras was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Global Ecommerce in July 2020. He joined the company in 2013 as President, Imagitas.
Prior to joining the company, Mr. Zegras held several executive leadership positions, including at NBC Universal, Sharecare and Hearst Entertainment.

Ms. Chadwick joined the company as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in January 2021. Prior to joining the company, Ms. Chadwick
was employed at the financial services division of General Electric Company as President and CEO of GE Capital Global Legacy Solutions. Ms. Chadwick
spent over 20 years at GE Capital, where she held several executive positions, including Controller of GE Capital Americas and CFO at GE Capital Energy
Financial Services.

Mr. Fairweather was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Innovation Officer in May 2021. Prior to this, he was Senior Vice President and Chief
Technology Officer, Commerce Services. He has been a leader in the company's strategic digital transformation and technology initiatives across Design,
SaaS, Data Science and Analytics, API Management, Security and Mobility.

Ms. Pfeiffer was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Presort Services in January 2024. Prior to this, she was President, Presort Services,
Vice President/General Manager of the Columbus and Cincinnati Ohio Operating Centers, Vice President of National Accounts and Vice President Sales &
Client Services,

Mrs. Nurmohamed was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Sending Technology Solutions in January 2024. She joined the company in 2016
as Vice President, Document Messaging Technologies France. Prior to joining the company, Mrs. Nurmohamed had a 16 year career at IBM as CFO and
Sales Director of various business units at the European and global levels.

7

 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our operations face certain risks that should be considered in evaluating our business. We manage and mitigate these risks on a proactive basis, using an
enterprise  risk  management  program.  Nevertheless,  the  following  risk  factors,  some  of  which  may  be  beyond  our  control,  could  materially  affect  our
business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  brand  and  reputation,  and  may  cause  future  results  to  be  materially  different  than  our  current
expectations. These risk factors are not intended to be all inclusive.

Mailing and Shipping Industry Risks
The financial condition of the USPS, or the national posts in our other major markets, has affected, and could, in the future, affect the ability of those posts
to provide services to us or our clients, which could adversely affect client demand for our offerings and thus our financial performance.

We are dependent on financially viable national posts in the geographic markets where we operate, particularly in the United States. A significant portion
of our revenue depends upon the ability of these posts, especially the USPS, to provide competitive mail and package delivery services to our clients and
the  quality  of  the  services  they  provide.  Their  ability  to  provide  high  quality  service  at  affordable  rates  in  turn  depends  upon  their  ongoing  financial
strength. Although Congress provided the USPS a measure of relief with the enactment of the Postal Service Reform Act of 2022, the USPS, and national
posts in our other major markets, still face financial challenges. If these challenges interfere with these posts’ ability to continue to provide the services they
currently provide, our financial performance may be adversely affected.

Our ability to compete in the package shipping market in the United States depends upon certain contractual relationships we have with the USPS and the
successful performance of those services.

The  USPS  is  our  primary  provider  for  the  “last  mile”  component  of  our  parcel  delivery  services  in  the  United  States.  This  represents  a  significant
component of our cost in offering these services. If we are unable to receive competitive pricing from the USPS or take advantage of lower cost USPS
options, our ability to compete with private carriers and achieve profitable revenue growth may be adversely affected. Our digital delivery options also
depend upon certain contractual relationships with the USPS to enable us to offer these services profitably, and the USPS has adjusted the terms of those
contracts in the past. Should the USPS make additional changes to how it contracts with us for this service, our profitability could be adversely affected.
The quality of service we provide to our clients also depends upon the quality of delivery services received from the USPS. As the ecommerce market
continues to evolve, and as the USPS implements changes to its network, if the USPS’ service performance is materially worse than that of the private
carriers, we may lose clients to competition and our financial performance may be adversely affected.

We are subject to postal regulations and processes, which could adversely affect our financial performance.

A significant portion of our business is subject to regulation and oversight by the USPS, posts in other major markets, and the governmental bodies that
regulate the posts themselves. These postal authorities have the power to regulate some of our current products and services and to establish guidelines for
postage  rates.  They  also  must  approve  many  of  our  new  or  future  product  and  service  offerings  before  we  can  bring  them  to  market.  If  new  or  future
product and service offerings are not approved or there are significant conditions to approval, favorable postage rates are reversed, regulations on existing
products or services are changed, posts utilize their position in the market or their role as product regulator to limit competition in areas where the posts
themselves offer solutions, or if we fall out of compliance with the posts’ regulations, our financial performance could be adversely affected.

If we are not able to respond to the continuing decline in the volume of physical mail delivered via traditional postal services, our financial performance
could be adversely affected.

Continuing declines in traditional mail volumes impact our financial results, primarily within our SendTech Solutions and Presort Services segments. An
accelerated or sudden decline could result from one or more of the following factors: changes in communication technologies and their use; changes in
frequency and quality of mail delivery from national posts; legislation incentivizing alternative means of communication, burdening mail, or limiting how
the mail be used; significant rate increases; or other external events affecting physical mail delivery. If we are not successful at meeting the continuing
challenges  faced  in  our  mailing  business,  or  if  physical  mail  volumes  experience  an  accelerated  or  sudden  decline,  our  financial  performance  could  be
adversely affected.

Significant changes to the laws regulating the USPS or other posts, or changes in their operating models could have an adverse effect on our financial
performance.

As a significant portion of our revenue and earnings is dependent on postal operations, changes in the laws and regulations that affect how posts operate
could have an adverse effect on our financial performance. As posts consider new strategies for their operations in

8

an  era  of  declining  mail  volumes  and  increasing  package  volumes,  if  we  are  unable  to  work  with  posts  to  support  those  strategies,  our  financial
performance could be adversely affected.

Business Operational Risks

We face intense competition in the industries in which we operate.

The markets for our products and services in each of our segments are highly competitive. In our Global Ecommerce segment, we face competition from
full-service  ecommerce  business  process  outsourcers,  online  marketplaces,  freight  forwarders,  posts,  and  major  global  delivery  services  companies,
including  those  that  can  offer  both  domestic  and  cross-border  solutions  in  a  single  package.  If  we  cannot  compete  successfully  in  these  markets  with,
among other things, speed of delivery, price, reliability, functionality and scalability of our platform and logistic services and ease of integration and use,
we may lose clients, incur additional costs and suffer from reduced margins, and the financial results of the segment may be adversely affected. Our Presort
Services segment faces competition from regional and local presort providers, cooperatives of multiple local presort providers, consolidators and service
bureaus  that  offer  presort  solutions  as  part  of  a  larger  bundle  of  outsourcing  services  and  large  volume  mailers  that  have  sufficient  volumes  and  the
capability to presort their own mailings in-house and could use excess capacity to offer presort services to others. If we are not able to effectively compete
on price, innovative service, delivery speed, tracking and reporting, we may lose clients and the financial results of the segment may be adversely affected.
Our  Sending  Technology  Solutions  segment  faces  competition  from  other  mail  equipment  and  solutions  providers,  companies  that  offer  products  and
services  as  alternative  means  of  message  communications  and  those  that  offer  online  shipping  and  mailing  products  and  services  solutions.  Our  digital
delivery  business  competes  with  technology  providers  ranging  from  large,  established  companies  and  national  posts  to  smaller  companies  offering
negotiated carrier rates. In addition, our financing operations face competition, in varying degrees, from large, diversified financial institutions, including
leasing companies, commercial finance companies and commercial banks, as well as small, specialized firms. If we are not able to differentiate ourselves
from our competitors or effectively compete with them, the financial results of the segment may be adversely affected.

The evolution of our businesses to more digital and shipping-related services has resulted in a decline in our overall profit margins. If we cannot increase
our volumes while at the same time reduce our costs, our overall profitability could be adversely affected.

As our businesses shift to more digital and shipping-related services, the relative revenue contribution from our shipping-related offerings now exceeds that
of the revenue from our mailing-related offerings. We expect the revenue contribution from shipping-related services to continue to grow; however, profit
margins on these services are lower than those for our mailing-related offerings. As a result, we need to achieve higher dollars of revenue to generate the
same  dollars  of  profit  that  we  generate  in  our  mailing  businesses.  Accordingly,  if  we  cannot  continue  to  grow  package  volumes  and  gain  additional
economies of scale, and in turn, improve margins and profitability, our short and long-term financial performance may be adversely affected.

Seasonality of the Global Ecommerce segment, unexpected declines in consumer demand or the performance of our retail customers, or unexpected spikes
in the costs of labor or transportation, especially during the fourth quarter, could adversely affect our overall performance.

Our  Global  Ecommerce  segment  derives  the  majority  of  its  revenue  from  retail  clients.  The  retail  industry  is  subject  to  cyclical  trends  in  consumer
sentiment  and  spending  habits  that  are  affected  by  many  factors,  including  prevailing  economic  conditions,  recession  or  fears  of  recession,  inflation,
exchange rates, unemployment levels, pandemics, or geopolitical events. Our retail clients are also dependent on third-party suppliers to provide them with
either raw materials or finished goods to meet the demands of their clients. This segment also relies upon the availability of labor and transportation at a
reasonable cost and unexpected increases in these costs due to higher demand or other macroeconomic factors (which have occurred in the past) could also
impact  the  financial  results  of  Global  Ecommerce.  Further,  the  financial  results  for  Global  Ecommerce  are  highly  dependent  on  its  performance  in  the
fourth quarter, so if any of these risk factors come to pass in that quarter, the impact on the segment's performance could be more significant than other
times in the year.

The loss of any of our largest clients in our Global Ecommerce segment could adversely affect the financial performance of that segment.

The Global Ecommerce segment receives a large portion of its revenue from a relatively small number of clients and business partners. If any of these
larger clients or business partners leave our network or reduce their use of our services, which has occurred in the past, and we are unable to replace that
lost volume, it could have a material adverse effect on the revenue and profitability of the segment.

9

There can be no assurance that our larger clients and business partners will continue to utilize our products or services at current levels, or that we would be
able to replace any of these clients or business partners with others who can generate revenue at current levels.

If we fail to effectively manage our third-party suppliers, or if their ability to perform were negatively impacted, our business, financial performance and
reputation could be adversely affected.

Our SendTech Solutions segment relies on third-party suppliers for services and components for our mailing equipment, spare parts, supplies and services
and for the hosting of our SaaS offerings. We also rely on third-party suppliers to help us equip our Presort and Ecommerce facilities and to provide us with
services related to some of our operations and productivity initiatives. In certain instances, we rely on single-sourced or limited-sourced suppliers around
the  world  because  of  advantages  in  quality,  price  or  lack  of  alternative  sources.  Like  many  other  companies,  we  and  our  suppliers  have  experienced
interruptions and increased supply costs in the past, due to, among other things, volatility in the semiconductor industry, threats of strikes, rising inflation
and geopolitical instability. Although our 2023 financial results were not significantly impacted, these factors, at times, caused us to experience longer wait
times for supplies or increased costs. If these supply chain constraints were to worsen or, if other unknown events cause our suppliers to not be able to
provide  their  services,  components  or  equipment  to  us  in  a  timely  manner,  or,  if  the  quality  of  the  goods  or  services  received  were  to  deteriorate,  our
relationship with certain suppliers were to be terminated, or if the costs of using these third parties were to continue to increase and we were not able to find
alternate suppliers, we could lose clients, incur significant disruptions in manufacturing and operations and increased costs (including higher freight and re-
engineering costs) and delay automation and productivity initiatives in our warehouses.

Fluctuations in transportation costs or disruptions to transportation services in our Global Ecommerce or Presort Services segments could adversely affect
client satisfaction or our financial performance.

In addition to our reliance on the USPS, our Global Ecommerce and Presort Services segments rely upon third-party transportation service providers to
transport a significant portion of our parcel and mail volumes. Some of these providers may also be competitors. The use of these providers is subject to
risks, including our ability to negotiate acceptable terms, increased competition during peak periods, capacity issues, increased fuel costs, labor shortages,
performance  problems,  extreme  weather,  natural  or  man-made  disasters,  pandemics,  or  other  unforeseen  difficulties.  Given  our  continued  reliance  upon
these providers, any disruption to the timely supply of these services, any future unforeseen disruptions affecting these providers, any dramatic increase in
the cost of these services or any deterioration of the performance of these services (each of which we have experienced, at times), have adversely affected
or could adversely affect client satisfaction and our financial performance.

Our  business  depends  on  our  ability  to  attract,  retain,  and  engage  with,  employees  at  a  reasonable  cost  to  meet  the  needs  of  our  business  and  to
consistently deliver highly differentiated, competitive offerings.

The  rapid  growth  of  the  ecommerce  industry  has  resulted  in  ongoing  competition  for  employees  in  the  shipping,  transportation,  and  logistics  industry,
including drivers and warehouse employees. At times, both our Global Ecommerce and Presort Services segments have experienced increased demand and
competition for labor, especially for our warehouses, driving up costs. We supplement our workforce with contingent hourly workers from staffing agencies
on an as-needed basis; however, if we experience labor shortages, do not effectively manage our ability to attract and utilize contingent workers, or if our
staffing agencies terminate their relationship with us and we cannot find alternative providers, it could result in increased costs and adversely affect our
operations.  Moreover,  given  the  nature  of  our  Global  Ecommerce  and  Presort  Services  employee  base,  if  we  cannot  continue  to  maintain  good
relationships, we could experience increased employee dissatisfaction and turnover, which could result in increased operating costs and reduced operational
flexibility.

In May 2023, we approved a worldwide restructuring plan (the 2023 Plan), which involved the elimination of 850-950 positions worldwide. Such actions
may cause us to experience a loss of continuity, loss of accumulated knowledge and/or inefficiency, loss of key employees and/or other retention issues
during transitional periods. Such actions may also make hiring qualified employees more difficult.

There is also significant competition for the talent needed for research and development of new products and services and talent needed to sell and service
our other products and services within all our business units. Increased competition for employees has resulted in higher costs for wages and other benefits
necessary to attract and retain employees with the right skill sets. Additional labor costs which may also impact our business include those triggered by
federal, state and local laws and regulatory actions; increased health care and workers’ compensation insurance expenses; and costs associated with the
health and safety of our employees.

10

Difficulty  in  obtaining  and  protecting  our  intellectual  property,  and  the  risk  of  infringement  claims  by  others  may  negatively  impact  our  financial
performance.

Our businesses are not materially dependent on any one patent or license or group of related patents and licenses; however, our business success depends in
part upon protecting our intellectual property rights, including proprietary technology developed or obtained through acquisitions. We rely on copyrights,
patents,  trademarks,  trade  secrets  and  other  intellectual  property  laws  to  establish  and  protect  our  proprietary  rights.  If  we  are  unable  to  protect  our
intellectual  property  rights,  our  competitive  position  may  suffer,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  revenue  and  profitability.  The  continued  evolution  of
patent law and the nature of our innovation work may affect the number of patents we are able to receive for our development efforts. As we continue to
transition our business to more software and service-based offerings, patent protection of these innovations will be more difficult to obtain. In addition,
from time to time, third parties may claim that we, our clients, or our suppliers, have infringed their intellectual property rights. These claims, if successful,
may require us to redesign affected products, enter into costly settlement or license agreements, pay damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent
injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain products.

If we fail to comply with government contracting regulations, our financial performance, brand name and reputation could suffer.

We have a significant number of contracts with governmental entities. Government contracts are subject to extensive and complex procurement laws and
regulations, along with regular audits and investigations by government agencies. If one or more government agency discovers contractual noncompliance
by  us  or  one  of  our  subcontractors,  we  may  be  subject  to  various  civil  or  criminal  penalties  and  administrative  sanctions,  which  could  include  the
termination of the contract, reimbursement of payments received, fines and debarment from doing business with other government agencies. Any of these
events could not only affect our financial performance, but also adversely affect our brand and reputation.

We may not fully realize the anticipated benefits of strategic acquisitions and divestitures which may harm our financial performance.

Strategic acquisitions and business divestitures involve significant risks and uncertainties, which could have an adverse effect on our financial performance,
including:
•
•

difficulties in achieving anticipated benefits or synergies;
difficulties in integrating newly acquired businesses and operations, including combining product and service offerings and integrating financial
reporting and other IT systems;
the loss of key employees or clients of businesses acquired or divested;
significant  charges  for  employee  severance  and  other  restructuring  costs,  legal,  accounting  and  financial  advisory  fees  and  goodwill  and  asset
impairment charges; and
reducing fixed costs previously associated with divested businesses

•
•

•

Our capital investments to develop new products and offerings may not yield the anticipated benefits.

We made and are continuing to make significant capital investments in new products and services. If we are not successful in these new product or service
introductions,  or  if  our  past  investments  in  facilities  do  not  yield  the  expected  productivity  improvements,  at  the  levels  anticipated  when  making  the
investments, there may be an adverse effect on our financial performance.

Cybersecurity and Technology Risks

Our financial performance and our reputation could be adversely affected, and we could be subject to legal liability or regulatory enforcement actions, if
we or our suppliers are unable to protect against, or effectively respond to, cyberattacks or other cyber incidents.

We depend on the security of our and our suppliers' information technology systems to support numerous business processes and activities, to service our
clients, and to enable consumer transactions and postal services. There are numerous cybersecurity risks to these systems, including individual and group
criminal  hackers,  industrial  espionage,  denial  of  service  attacks,  ransomware  and  malware  attacks,  attacks  on  the  software  supply  chain,  and  employee
errors and/or malfeasance. These cyber threats are constantly evolving, especially given the advances in, and the rise of the use of, artificial intelligence,
thereby increasing the difficulty of preventing, detecting, and successfully defending against them. Successful breaches could, among other things, disrupt
our operations or result in the unauthorized disclosure, theft and misuse of company, client, consumer and employee sensitive and confidential information,
all  of  which  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  performance.  Cybersecurity  breaches  could  result  in  financial  liability  to  other  parties,  governmental
investigations, regulatory enforcement actions and penalties, and damage to our brand and reputation. Although we maintain insurance coverage relating to
cybersecurity incidents, we may incur costs or financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through our insurance. Despite the fact
that we continually implement and update measures to enhance our cybersecurity protections and minimize the impact of any potential attack, none of these
measures are fool proof and like all companies, intrusions will occur, and have occurred in the past (e.g. the previously disclosed ransomware attacks we
experienced

11

in 2019 and 2020). Our goal is to prevent meaningful incursions and minimize the overall impact of those that occur. For more information on how the
Company handles cybersecurity, see Item 1C. Cybersecurity.

Failure  to  comply  with  data  privacy  and  protection  laws  and  regulations  could  subject  us  to  legal  liability  and  adversely  affect  our  reputation  and  our
financial performance.

Our businesses use, process, and store proprietary information and personal, sensitive, or confidential data relating to our business, clients, and employees.
Privacy laws and similar regulations in many jurisdictions where we do business require that we take significant steps to safeguard that information, and
these laws and regulations continue to evolve. The scope of the laws that may be applicable to us is often uncertain and may be conflicting. In addition,
new laws may add a broad array of requirements on how we handle or use information and increase our compliance obligations. For example, the European
Union greatly increased the jurisdictional reach of European Law by enacting the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which, among other things,
enhanced  an  individual’s  rights  with  respect  to  their  information.  However,  ongoing  litigation  in  the  European  Union  on  how  to  comply  with  GDPR
requirements continues to create uncertainty in how to demonstrate compliance, and the outcome of these cases could impact how companies do business
in  the  European  Union.  In  the  United  States,  a  growing  number  of  states  have  enacted  different  laws  regarding  personal  information  and  privacy  that
impose  significant  new  requirements  on  consumer  personal  information.  In  some  instances  (e.g.,  California),  these  laws  also  expand  the  definition  of
consumer personal information to include information related to employees and business contacts. Some of these state laws have established independent
agencies  with  rule  making  and  enforcement  authority,  whose  initial  guidance,  actions,  and  regulations  remain  to  be  determined  and  tested,  adding
additional layers of uncertainty with respect to compliance. Other countries or states have enacted and will continue to enact and amend laws or regulations
in  the  future  that  have  similar  or  additional  requirements.  Although  we  continually  monitor  and  assess  the  impact  of  these  laws  and  regulations,  and
continually update our systems to protect our data and comply with these laws, their interpretation and enforcement are uncertain, subject to change, and
may  require  substantial  costs  to  monitor  and  implement.  Failure  to  comply  with  data  privacy  and  protection  laws  and  regulations  could  also  result  in
government enforcement actions (which could include substantial civil and/or criminal penalties) and private litigation, which could adversely affect our
reputation and financial performance.

If we or our suppliers encounter unforeseen interruptions or difficulties in the operation of our cloud-based applications, our business could be disrupted,
our reputation and relationships may be harmed, and our financial performance could be adversely affected.

Our business relies upon the continuous and uninterrupted performance of our and our suppliers' cloud-based applications and systems to support numerous
business processes, to service our clients and to support their transactions with their customers and postal services. Our applications and systems, and those
of our partners, may be subject to interruptions due to technological errors, system capacity constraints, software errors or defects, human errors, computer
or communications failures, power loss, adverse acts of nature and other unexpected events. We have business continuity and disaster recovery plans in
place to protect our business operations in case of such events and we also require our suppliers to have the same. Nonetheless, there can be no guarantee
that these plans will function as designed. If we are unable to limit interruptions or successfully correct them in a timely manner or at all, it could result in
lost revenue, loss of critical data, significant expenditures of capital, a delay or loss in market acceptance of our services and damage to our reputation,
brand and relationships, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business and our financial performance.

Macroeconomic and General Regulatory Risks

Periods of difficult economic conditions, other macroeconomic events, or a public health crisis could adversely affect our business.

Our operations and financial performance are impacted by the economic conditions in the United States and the other countries where we and our clients do
business. Any significant or perceived weakening of these economies, reduction in business confidence or change in business or consumer spending habits,
concerns of a domestic or global recession, rising inflation or interest rates, limited availability of credit, or other macroeconomic events (including public
health crises), not within our control, may reduce our client’s demand for shipping and mailing products and services (especially in our Global Ecommerce
business,  which  is  subject  to  cyclical  trends  in  consumer  sentiment  and  spending  habits)  and  thus,  negatively  affect  our  financial  performance.  These
economic conditions, at times, have arisen and can arise suddenly, and the duration and full impact of such conditions can be difficult to predict, which
could adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Future  credit  rating  downgrades,  capital  market  disruptions,  significant  decline  in  cash  flows,  noncompliance  with  any  of  our  debt  covenants,  or
significant withdrawals by depositors at the Bank, could adversely affect our ability to maintain adequate liquidity, provide competitive financing services
and to fund various discretionary priorities.

We  provide  competitive  finance  offerings  and  fund  discretionary  priorities,  such  as  business  investments,  strategic  acquisitions,  dividend  payments  and
share repurchases through a combination of cash generated from operations, deposits held at the Bank and access to capital markets. Our ability to access
U.S. capital markets and the associated cost of borrowing is dependent upon our credit ratings and is subject to capital market volatility. Given our current
credit rating, we may experience reduced financial or strategic

12

flexibility and higher costs when we do access the U.S. capital markets. We maintain a $500 million revolving credit facility that requires we maintain
certain financial and nonfinancial covenants.

A significant decline in cash flows, noncompliance with any of the covenants under the revolving credit facility, further credit rating downgrades, material
capital market disruptions, significant withdrawals by depositors at the Bank, adverse changes to our industrial loan charter or an increase in our credit
default swap spread could impact our ability to maintain adequate liquidity, which could impact our ability to provide competitive finance offerings, repay
or refinance maturing debt, and fund other strategic or discretionary activities, which could adversely affect our operational and financial performance.

Changes in tax rates, laws or regulations could adversely impact our financial results.

We  are  subject  to  taxes  in  the  U.S.  and  in  the  foreign  jurisdictions  where  we  do  business.  Due  to  continuing  global  fiscal  challenges  and  political
conditions,  tax  laws  and  enforcement  approaches  have  been  and  may  continue  to  be  subject  to  significant  change.  Changes  in  tax  laws  may  be  on  a
prospective or retroactive basis and could have a material impact of our tax expense and cash flows. The Organization for Economic Co-operation and
Development  (OECD)  have  set  forth  a  Two-Pillar  Solution  fundamentally  overhauling  the  international  tax  rules. Pillar  One  focuses  on  reallocation  of
profits while Pillar Two applies a global minimum corporate tax. The OECD has set forth Model Rules and an ambitious timeline to ensure the effective
implementation of the Two-Pillar Solution. Although some jurisdictions have issued guidance or passed tax laws based on the OECD Model Rules, the
final nature, timing and extent of any such tax reforms or other legislative or regulatory actions is unpredictable, and it is difficult to assess their overall
effect. However, these changes could result in double tax, increase our effective tax rate and adversely impact our financial results and cash flows.

We are subject to tax audits in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Given the complexity of the current and changing tax laws and regulations, tax
authorities  may  disagree  with  certain  positions  we  have  taken  and  assess  additional  taxes.  We  regularly  review  the  strength  of  our  positions  based  on
current law, court cases, rulings and proposed legislative changes to determine the appropriateness of our tax provision, however, there can be no assurance
that we will accurately predict the outcomes of these audits, which could have a material impact on our effective tax rate and adversely impact our financial
results and cash flows.

Our Global Ecommerce segment is exposed to increased foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

The sales generated from many of our clients who use our cross-border services are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Currently, merchants
using our cross-border services are located primarily in the U.S. and the U.K. and a majority of consumers making purchases through these platforms are in
a  limited  number  of  foreign  countries.  The  current  strength  of  the  U.S.  Dollar  relative  to  currencies  in  the  countries  where  we  do  the  most  business
continues to impact our client’s ability to compete internationally as the cost of similar international products improved relative to the cost of U.S. retailer’s
products.  This  in  turn,  adversely  affected  Global  Ecommerce’s  revenue  and  profitability  during  the  past  two  years.  If  the  strength  of  the  U.S.  dollar
continues, or if the British Pound were to strengthen relative to other currencies, our retailers may continue to experience a decrease in international sales
volumes, which, in turn would adversely affect this segment’s revenue and profitability.

Our operations and financial performance may be negatively affected by changes in trade policies, tariffs and regulations.

Our Global Ecommerce segment is subject to significant trade regulations, taxes, and duties throughout the world. Any changes to these regulations could
potentially  impose  increased  documentation  and  delivery  requirements,  delay  delivery  times  and  subject  us  to  increased  costs  and  additional  liabilities,
which could adversely affect our financial performance. Within the last four years, the United States increased tariffs for certain goods, which triggered
other nations to also increase tariffs on certain of their goods. For our Global Ecommerce segment, tariff increases, or even an environment of uncertainty
surrounding  trade  issues,  could  reduce  demand  and  adversely  affect  its  financial  performance.  For  our  SendTech  Solutions  segment,  increased  tariffs
resulted in additional costs on certain components used in some of our products.

If we do not keep pace with evolving expectations and regulations in the areas of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) and address the potential
impact of climate change on our costs and operations, our reputation and results of operations may be adversely affected.

The set of topics incorporated within the term ESG in general, and climate change in particular, cover a range of issues that pose potential risks to our
operations.  From  an  environmental  perspective,  the  impact  of  climate  change  and  a  potential  increase  in  extreme  weather  events  may  pose  risk  to  the
operation of our sortation facilities and the ability to transport mail and packages. The increased focus on alternative energy sources and the need to reduce
our carbon footprint over time, could result in higher investments in capital spending and increased operational costs. There are also a series of laws related
to product stewardship and waste disposal to which we need to comply. From a “social” perspective, a failure to meet employee expectations around safety
and diversity, equity and inclusion could impact our ability to recruit new employees and retain talent. Finally, from a “governance” perspective, if we do
not

13

maintain good governance processes in general or do not satisfy investor stakeholder expectations on ESG, our reputation and attractiveness to portions of
the investment community could be adversely affected.

Shareholder Activism Risks

Our business could be negatively affected as a result of shareholder activism.

We  value  constructive  input  from  investors  and  regularly  engage  with  our  stockholders  regarding  strategy  and  performance.  Although  our  Board  of
Directors and management team are committed to acting in the best interests of all our stockholders, there is no assurance that the results of actions taken
by our Board of Directors and management team will be successful.

In 2023, Hestia Capital Partners, LP (collectively with its affiliates, “Hestia”) ran a proxy contest seeking the election of five of its nominees to our Board
of Directors at the 2023 annual meeting of stockholders (the “2023 Annual Meeting”). At the 2023 Annual Meeting held on May 9, 2023, our stockholders
voted to elect four directors nominated by Hestia to serve on our Board of Directors. Any qualifying stockholder may conduct a proxy contest in the future.
Responding to proxy contests, including related litigation, can be costly, time-consuming, disrupt our operations and divert the attention of management,
Board of Directors and employees. All of this could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, as well as the market performance of
our securities.

Additionally, perceived uncertainties as to our future direction or changes to the composition of our Board of Directors as a result of activist stockholders,
may  lead  to  the  perception  of  an  adverse  change  in  the  direction  of  our  business,  instability  or  lack  of  management  or  oversight  continuity.  These
uncertainties  may  be  more  acute  or  heightened  if  an  activist  stockholder  seeks  to  change  a  majority  of  our  Board  of  Directors.  Actions  by  activist
stockholders may be exploited by our competitors and/or other activist stockholders, cause concern to customers, employees, investors, rating agencies,
strategic partners and other constituencies, which could result in lost sales and business opportunities, make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified
personnel and business partners and adversely impact our ability to access capital markets at reasonable costs. Further, actions of activist stockholders may
cause significant fluctuations in our stock price based on temporary or speculative market perceptions or other factors that do not necessarily reflect the
underlying fundamentals and prospects of our business.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

A  comprehensive  cybersecurity  program  is  critical  to  achieving  our  business  goals.  Like  all  companies  in  today’s  world,  we  face  a  multitude  of
cybersecurity  threats  that  range  from  ransomware  and  denial-of-service,  to  attacks  from  more  advanced  nation  state  actors,  and  even  insider  threats.
Likewise, our customers, suppliers, subcontractors and partners face similar cybersecurity threats, and a cybersecurity incident impacting us or any of these
entities  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business  operations  and  financial  performance.  These  cybersecurity  threats  and  related  risks  make  it
imperative that we expend considerable resources to safeguard our organization’s assets and to prevent service disruptions or minimize the impact should
an incident occur.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors oversees the technology functions, including management’s processes for identifying and mitigating risks,
including cybersecurity risks, to help align our risk exposure with our strategic objectives. Senior technology leadership, including our Chief Information
Security Officer (CISO), briefs the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors on our cybersecurity and information security posture semi-annually and on
an as needed basis and the full Board of Directors is apprised on an annual basis. In  the  event  of  an  incident,  we  strive  to  follow  our  detailed  incident
response  playbook,  which  outlines  the  steps  to  be  taken  from  incident  detection  to  mitigation,  recovery  and  notification,  including  notifying  functional
areas (e.g. legal), customers, as well as senior leadership and the Board, in each case, as appropriate.

Our  information  security  organization  is  led  by  the  CISO,  who  is  responsible  for  our  overall  information  security  strategy,  policy,  security  engineering,
operations  and  cyber  threat  detection  and  response.  The  Vice  President  of  Product  Security  (VP  of  Product  Security)  provides  additional  expertise  and
focus attempting to ensure the integrity and resiliency of the products and services we provide to our customers. Combined, the CISO and VP of Product
Security  possess  over  50  years  of  deep  information  technology,  cyber  security,  program  management,  and  risk  experience.  The  information  security
organization  manages  and  continually  enhances  a  robust  enterprise  security  structure  with  the  goal  of  preventing  cybersecurity  incidents  to  the  extent
feasible, while simultaneously increasing our system resilience in an effort to minimize the business impact should an incident occur. Our cybersecurity
program attempts to follow the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Cybersecurity Framework principles. We have adopted a risk-based
management  process  used  to  define,  manage,  and  prioritize  controls  required  to  maintain  the  integrity  and  availability  of  our  digital  assets.  Employees
outside of our corporate information security organization also have a role in our cybersecurity defenses

14

and they are immersed in a corporate culture and periodic training, supportive of security, which we believe improves our overall cybersecurity posture.

We have also extended our cybersecurity governance to our operational business executives. Mission critical information assets, those that would cause
significant  business,  customer,  or  employee  impact,  are  periodically  presented  by  technical  leadership  to  the  appropriate  senior  management  executive.
This  is  a  formal  assessment  which  describes  the  underlying  cyber  posture,  mitigation  plan,  and  commitments.  In  addition,  the  Company’s  Privacy  and
Cybersecurity Steering committee, which is co-led by the CISO and the VP of Product Security and comprised of leaders from the Company’s information
technology,  innovation,  legal  and  internal  audit  organizations,  meets  periodically  to  ensure  the  overall  Cybersecurity  Program  is  progressing  against  its
goals and new risks are operationally prioritized.

We  rely  heavily  on  third  parties  to  support  our  products,  business  operations  and  technology  services,  and  a  cybersecurity  incident  at  a  supplier,
subcontractor or partner could materially adversely impact us. Where possible, we endeavor to include information security provisions, audit rights and
insurance  requirements,  in  contracts  with  our  suppliers  and  third-parties  based  on  their  level  of  access  to  our  systems  and  data.  For  our  most  critical
suppliers, where possible, we attempt to pursue an annual attestation of ongoing compliance to our standard policies and practices. For select suppliers, we
engage third-party cybersecurity monitoring and alerting services, and seek to work directly with those suppliers to address potential deficiencies identified.

Given  the  constantly  evolving  cyber-threat  landscape,  as  well  as  the  previously  disclosed  ransomware  attacks  we  experienced  in  2019  and  2020,  we
continuously test and evolve our cybersecurity program. We  engage  internal  security  team  experts  who  perform  ‘ethical  hacks’  against  our  information
assets to uncover risks. As part of its risk based annual audit plan, our internal audit team reviews a number of components of our information technology
operations,  which  taken  together,  comprise  our  cybersecurity  defenses.  A  report  of  its  findings  is  distributed  to  certain  members  of  management  and
completion  of  the  auditor's  comments  is  tracked  and  reported  up  to  the  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board.  We  also  engage  third-party  service  providers  to
conduct  evaluations  of  our  security  controls,  whether  through  penetration  testing,  independent  audits  or  consulting  on  best  practices  to  address  new
challenges. These evaluations include testing both the design and operational effectiveness of security controls.

Assessing, identifying, and managing cybersecurity related risks are integrated into our overall enterprise risk management (ERM) process. Cybersecurity
related risks are included in the risk universe that our ERM process evaluates to assess top risks to the enterprise on an annual basis. To the extent the ERM
process identifies a heightened cybersecurity related risk, risk owners are assigned to develop risk mitigation plans, which are then tracked to completion.
The ERM process annual risk assessment is presented to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

Notwithstanding the cybersecurity protections we have in place, we may not be successful in preventing or mitigating a cybersecurity incident that could
have a material adverse effect on us. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for a discussion of cybersecurity risks.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We  lease  numerous  facilities  worldwide,  including  administrative  offices,  fulfillment  centers,  parcel  operations  and  mail  sortation  facilities,  service
locations, data centers and call centers. Our corporate headquarters is located in Stamford, Connecticut.

Our  Global  Ecommerce  segment  leases  three  fulfillment  centers  that  comprise  the  majority  of  our  fulfillment  operations.  Our  Global  Ecommerce  and
Presort Services segments conduct parcel operations and mail sortation operations through a network of approximately 45 operating centers throughout the
United States. Our SendTech Solutions segment leases a manufacturing and distribution facility in Indianapolis. This facility is significant as it stores a
majority of the SendTech Solutions products, supplies and inventories.

Should  any  facility  be  unable  to  function  as  intended  for  an  extended  period  of  time,  our  ability  to  service  our  clients  and  operating  results  could  be
impacted.

We  conduct  our  research  and  development  activities  in  facilities  located  in  Noida  and  Pune,  India,  Bielsko-Biala,  Poland,  Austin,  Texas  and  Shelton,
Connecticut. Management believes that our facilities are in good operating condition, materially utilized and adequate for our current business needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

See Note 15 Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

15

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF

EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is principally traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol "PBI". At January 31, 2024, we had 11,860 common
stockholders of record.

Dividends and Share Repurchases

We have historically paid a quarterly dividend to our shareholders. Each quarter, our Board of Directors considers our recent and projected earnings and
other capital needs and priorities in deciding whether to approve a dividend. We expect to continue to pay a quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share; however,
our Board of Directors may decide to increase or decrease this amount or to not approve the payment of a dividend at any time. We may repurchase shares
of  our  common  stock  to  manage  the  dilution  created  by  shares  issued  under  employee  stock  plans  and  for  other  purposes.  We  did  not  repurchase  any
additional shares of our common stock in 2023.

Stock Performance Graph

The accompanying graph shows the annual change in the value of a $100 investment in Pitney Bowes Inc., the Standard and Poor's (S&P) SmallCap 600
Composite Index and a peer group over a five-year period assuming the reinvestment of dividends. Our peer group consists of publicly traded companies
similar  in  size  and/or  complexity  that  best  align  with  our  current  businesses.  The  composition  of  our  peer  group  is  the  result  of  the  Compensation
Committee's independent compensation consultant's recommendations. As such, the composition of our peer group could change year-over year.

Our 2023 peer group was updated from 2022 to include one additional company. The inclusion of this company did not impact the total shareholder return
of our peer group.

Our peer group for 2023 is comprised of: ACCO Brands Corporation, Avery Dennison Corporation, Cimpress plc, Bread Financial Holdings, Inc., Deluxe
Corporation, Diebold Nixdorf, Incorporated, Etsy, Inc., Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., Fiserv, Inc., GXO Logistics, Inc., Hub Group, Inc.,
NCR  Corporation,  Overstock.com,  Inc.,  Rockwell  Automation,  Inc.,  Ryder  System,  Inc.,  Schneider  National,  Inc.,  The  Western  Union  Company,  W.W.
Grainger, Inc. and Xerox Holdings Corporation.

On  a  total  return  basis,  a  $100  investment  on  December  31,  2018,  in  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.,  the  S&P  SmallCap  600  Composite  Index,  and  our  peer  group
would have been worth $93, $169 and $144 respectively, on December 31, 2023.

All information is based upon data independently provided to us by Standard & Poor's Corporation and is derived from their official total return calculation.
Total return for the S&P SmallCap 600 Composite Index and our peer group is based on market capitalization, weighted for each year. The stock price
performance is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

16

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  following  discussion  of  our  financial  condition  and  operating  results  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  risk  factors,  consolidated  financial
statements and related notes. This discussion includes forward-looking statements based on management's current expectations, estimates and projections
and involves risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ significantly from those currently expressed. A detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties
that could cause actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements is outlined under "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Item 1A.
Risk Factors" in this Form 10-K. All table amounts are presented in thousands of dollars.

A  discussion  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  can  be  found  under  Item  7  “Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2022, filed with the SEC on February 17, 2023.

OUTLOOK

We expect consolidated revenue to be flat to a low single-digit decline and EBIT margins to be relatively flat in 2024 compared to 2023. Within SendTech
Solutions, we expect revenue and EBIT declines due in part to lower equipment sales as initial lease terms of prior equipment sales expire and customers
are expected to renew these leases for a fixed term rather than purchase new equipment. We also expect revenue to decline due to lower meter populations
due to the migration to cloud-based solutions. These declines will be partially offset by higher shipping revenues.

Within  Presort  Services,  we  anticipate  total  volumes  to  be  relatively  flat  in  2024  compared  to  2023,  but  revenue  to  benefit  slightly  from  increased
workshare discounts. We expect margin and profit to remain relatively flat to slightly higher compared to the prior year.

Within  Global  Ecommerce,  we  expect  revenue  growth  in  domestic  parcel  services  driven  by  increased  volumes,  partially  offset  by  lower  revenue  from
cross-border services. We anticipate margin and profit improvements compared to 2023.

We  continue  to  make  progress  on  our  worldwide  restructuring  program  and  expect  to  realize  annualized  cost  savings  of  $75-$85  million  by  the  end  of
2024, a portion of which was realized in 2023. However, we also expect higher interest costs and the restoration of variable compensation costs in 2024 to
significantly offset these savings.

See our Forward-Looking Statements under Part I on page 3 and Risk Factors under Item 1A for certain factors, some beyond our control, which could
adversely impact our 2024 results.

OVERVIEW OF CONSOLIDATED RESULTS

Factors Affecting Comparability

Certain transactions and changes occurred in 2022 that impact the comparability to our 2023 financial results. These transactions and changes include:

•

•

the sale of our Borderfree cross-border ecommerce solutions business (Borderfree) in July 2022. Accordingly, reported revenue and costs for the
twelve months ended December 31, 2022 include six months of revenue and costs for Borderfree. Net income of Borderfree for these periods was
not significant.

a change in the presentation of revenue for digital delivery services effective October 1, 2022, from a gross basis to a net basis. Accordingly, in
2023, revenue and costs of revenue for certain digital delivery services are reported on a net basis as business services revenue; whereas in 2022,
revenue and cost of revenue for these services through September 30 were reported as business services revenue and cost of business services,
respectively. The change primarily impacts our Global Ecommerce segment.

Constant Currency

In the tables below, we report the change in revenue on a reported basis and a constant currency basis. Constant currency measures exclude the impact of
changes in currency exchange rates from the prior period under comparison. We believe that excluding the impacts of currency exchange rates provides
investors with a better understanding of the underlying revenue performance. Constant

17

currency change is calculated by converting the current period non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue using the prior year’s exchange rate.

Financial Results Summary:

Total revenue
Total costs and expenses
(Loss) income before taxes
(Benefit) provision for income taxes

Net (loss) income

Years Ended December 31,

Favorable/(Unfavorable)

2023

2022

Actual % Change

$

$

3,266,348 
3,672,850 
(406,502)
(20,875)
(385,627)

$

$

3,538,042 
3,498,162 
39,880 
2,940 
36,940 

(8)%
(5)%
>(100%)
>100%
>(100%)

Constant
Currency %
change

(8)%

Revenue decreased $272 million in 2023 compared to the prior year primarily due to a decrease in business services revenue of $205 million (see Factors
Affecting Comparability above), lower equipment sales of $31 million and lower support services revenue of $27 million.

Total costs and expenses increased $175 million compared to the prior year primarily due to:

•

•

Costs of revenue (excluding financing interest expense) decreased $225 million primarily due to lower cost of business services of $178 million
(see Factors Affecting Comparability above) and lower cost of equipment sales of $30 million.

SG&A  expense  declined  $8  million  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This  decrease  was  primarily  driven  by  lower  professional  fees  of  $10  million,
salaries of $8 million, credit cards fees of $8 million, amortization expense of $8 million and stock based compensation expense of $7 million,
partially offset by proxy solicitation fees of $11 million, higher variable compensation expense of $9 million, higher credit loss provision of $8
million and non-cash foreign currency revaluation losses on intercompany loans of $6 million.

•

Restructuring charges increased $43 million compared to the prior year driven by actions taken under the 2023 Plan.

• Aggregate non-cash goodwill impairment charges totaling $339 million associated with our Global Ecommerce reporting unit. See Note 8 to the

Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

•

Interest  expense,  net,  including  financing  interest  expense,  increased  $22  million  in  2023  compared  to  the  prior  year  primarily  due  to  higher
interest rates. We allocate a portion of gross interest expense to financing interest expense based on our effective interest rate and average finance
receivables for the period.

• Other (income) expense declined $19 million compared to the prior year primarily driven by prior year gains of $27 million from the sale of assets

and businesses, partially offset by a favorable year-over-year impact of $8 million associated with the redemption of debt.

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 was 5.1%, primarily due to the nondeductibility of the aggregate goodwill impairment charge.
See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Net loss for 2023 was $386 million compared to net income of $37 million in the prior year.

18

SEGMENT RESULTS

Management  measures  segment  profitability  and  performance  by  deducting  from  segment  revenue  the  related  costs  and  expenses  attributable  to  the
segment.  Segment  results  exclude  interest,  taxes,  unallocated  corporate  expenses,  restructuring  charges,  and  other  items  not  allocated  to  a  business
segment.

Global Ecommerce

Global Ecommerce includes the revenue and related expenses from business to consumer logistics services for domestic and cross-border delivery, returns
and fulfillment. Our domestic parcel services provide retailers domestic parcel delivery and returns services for its end consumers through our nationwide
parcel sortation centers and transportation network. Our cross-border services offers our clients a range of services to manage their international shopping
and parcel shipping experience. Using our digital delivery services, clients can purchase postage, print shipping labels and access shipping and tracking
services from multiple carriers. Delivery and return parcels using our digital delivery services are not physically processed through our network.

Financial performance for the Global Ecommerce segment was as follows:

Business Services Revenue
Cost of Business Services

Gross Margin
Gross Margin %

Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Adjusted segment EBIT

Years Ended December 31,

Favorable/(Unfavorable)

Constant
Currency %
change

(14)%

2023

1,355,326 
1,293,285 
62,041 

4.6 %

184,923 
10,851 
(133,733)

$

$

$

$

2022

Actual % Change

1,576,348 
1,440,807 
135,541 

8.6 %

225,514 
10,335 
(100,308)

(14)%
10 %
(54)%

18 %
(5)%
(33)%

Global Ecommerce revenue decreased $221 million in 2023 compared to the prior year. The change in revenue presentation for digital delivery services
and the sale of Borderfree accounted for $139 million of the decrease. Cross-border revenue declined $190 million due to lower volumes, primarily driven
by changes in how two of our largest clients access our services, digital delivery services revenue declined $26 million due to a decrease in the number of
shipping labels printed and fulfillment services revenue declined $23 million due to lower volumes. These declines were partially offset by domestic parcel
delivery revenue growth of $158 million, driven by an increase in domestic parcel volumes.

Gross margin decreased $74 million and gross margin percentage decreased to 4.6% from 8.6% compared to the prior year. Cross-border services gross
margin  declined  $52  million,  primarily  due  to  the  decline  in  volumes.  Digital  delivery  services  gross  margin  declined  $9  million  primarily  due  to  the
decline  in  the  number  of  shipping  labels  printed.  The  sale  of  Borderfree  contributed  a  decline  in  gross  margin  of  $8  million.  Domestic  parcel  delivery
services gross margin increased $3 million compared to the prior year primarily due to higher domestic parcel volumes, which was partially offset by $4
million of one-time costs in the third quarter related to facility consolidation.

SG&A  expenses  declined  $41  million  compared  to  the  prior  year  period,  primarily  due  to  lower  employee-related  expenses  of  $16  million,  lower
amortization expense of $9 million and lower credit card fees of $8 million.

Adjusted segment EBIT was a loss of $134 million in 2023 compared to a loss of $100 million in the prior year.

19

Presort Services

We are the largest workshare partner of the USPS and national outsource provider of mail sortation services that allow clients to qualify large volumes of
First Class Mail, Marketing Mail, and Marketing Mail Flats and Bound Printed Matter for postal worksharing discounts.

Financial performance for the Presort Services segment was as follows:

Business Services Revenue
Cost of Business Services

Gross Margin
Gross Margin %

Selling, general and administrative
Other components of net pension and postretirement costs
Adjusted segment EBIT

Years Ended December 31,

Favorable/(Unfavorable)

Constant
Currency %
change

3 %

2023

617,599 
432,229 
185,370 

30.0 %

74,230 
228 
110,912 

$

$

$

$

2022

Actual % Change

602,016 
454,923 
147,093 

24.4 %

64,517 
146 
82,430 

3 %
5 %
26 %

(15)%
(56)%
35 %

Revenue increased $16 million in 2023 compared to the prior year as pricing actions to mitigate inflationary pressures on costs offset the revenue decline
driven by a 6% decrease in total mail volumes. The processing of Marketing Mail Flats and Bound Printed Matter and First Class Mail contributed revenue
increases of $18 million and $5 million, respectively, while the processing of Marketing Mail contributed to a revenue decrease of $7 million.

Gross margin increased $38 million and gross margin percentage increased from 24.4% to 30.0% compared to the prior year primarily due to the increase
in  revenue,  lower  transportation  costs  of  $15  million,  driven  by  improvements  in  network  management,  and  the  benefits  from  investments  made  in
automation and higher-throughput sortation equipment.

SG&A expenses increased $10 million primarily due to higher employee-related expenses.

Adjusted segment EBIT was $111 million in 2023 compared to $82 million in the prior year.

20

SendTech Solutions

SendTech Solutions provides clients with physical and digital mailing and shipping technology solutions and other applications to help simplify and save
on  the  sending,  tracking  and  receiving  of  letters,  parcels  and  flats,  as  well  as  supplies  and  maintenance  services  for  these  offerings.  We  offer  financing
alternatives that enable clients to finance equipment and product purchases, a revolving credit solution that enables clients to make meter rental payments
and  purchase  postage,  services  and  supplies,  and  an  interest-bearing  deposit  solution  to  clients  who  prefer  to  prepay  postage.  We  also  offer  financing
alternatives that enable clients to finance or lease other manufacturers’ equipment and provide working capital.

Financial performance for the SendTech Solutions segment was as follows:

Years Ended December 31,

Favorable/(Unfavorable)

Business services
Support services
Financing
Equipment sales
Supplies
Rentals

Total revenue

Cost of business services
Cost of support services
Cost of equipment sales
Cost of supplies
Cost of rentals

Total costs of revenue

Gross margin
Gross margin %

Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Other components of pension and post retirement costs

Adjusted Segment EBIT

Constant
Currency %
change

1 %
(6)%
(1)%
(8)%
(4)%
2 %
(5)%

2023

2022

Actual % change

$

72,144 
410,734 
271,197 
323,739 
147,709 
67,900 

71,578 
438,191 
274,508 
354,960 
154,186 
66,256 

1,293,423 

1,359,679 

29,860 
136,821 
222,220 
43,140 
19,407 

451,448 

37,272 
147,653 
251,916 
43,537 
24,864 

505,242 

841,975 

65.1 %

854,437 

62.8 %

1 %
(6)%
(1)%
(9)%
(4)%
2 %
(5)%

20 %
7 %
12 %
1 %
22 %
11 %

(1)%

418,213 
20,660 
(2,245)
405,347 

$

431,213 
22,646 
(331)
400,909 

3 %
9 %
>(100%)
1 %

$

$

SendTech Solutions revenue decreased $66 million in 2023 compared to the prior year. Equipment sales declined $31 million primarily due to customers
opting  to  extend  leases  of  their  existing  advanced-technology  equipment  rather  than  purchase  new  equipment.  Support  services  revenue  declined  $27
million  primarily  due  to  the  declining  meter  population  and  continuing  shift  to  cloud-enabled  products.  Supplies  revenue  declined  $6  million  primarily
driven by a declining meter population. Financing revenue declined $3 million primarily due to $6 million of lower lease extensions and lower late fees of
$1  million,  partially  offset  by  higher  investment  income  of  $7  million.  Business  services  revenue  increased  $14  million  primarily  driven  by  growth  in
enterprise shipping subscriptions, which was partially offset by a $13 million reduction in revenue due to the change in revenue presentation for digital
delivery services.

Gross margin decreased $12 million primarily due to the decline in revenue. However, gross margin percentage increased to 65.1% from 62.8% compared
to the prior year driven by improvements in business services gross margin due to growth in enterprise shipping subscriptions, rentals gross margin due in
part  to  a  $2  million  prior  year  unfavorable  scrap  adjustment  and  a  current  year  favorable  adjustment  and  equipment  sales  gross  margin  due  to  cost
management.

SG&A  expenses  declined  $13  million  primarily  driven  by  lower  outsourcing  and  professional  fees  of  $5  million,  lower  rent  expense  of  $3  million  and
lower marketing expenses of $1 million.

Adjusted segment EBIT was $405 million in 2023 compared to $401 million for the prior year.

21

UNALLOCATED CORPORATE EXPENSES

The majority of operating expenses are recorded directly or allocated to our reportable segments. Operating expenses not recorded directly or allocated to
our  reportable  segments  are  reported  as  unallocated  corporate  expenses.  Unallocated  corporate  expenses  primarily  represents  corporate  administrative
functions such as finance, marketing, human resources, legal, information technology, and research and development.

Unallocated corporate expenses

Years Ended December 31,

Favorable/(Unfavorable)

2023

2022

Actual % change

$

210,931  $

204,251 

(3)%

Unallocated  corporate  expenses  for  2023  increased  $7  million  compared  to  the  prior  year  primarily  due  to  higher  variable  compensation  expense  of  $4
million and higher depreciation expense of $2 million.

22

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

At  December  31,  2023  we  had  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  investments  of  $623  million,  which  includes  $136  million  held  at  our  foreign
subsidiaries  used  to  support  the  liquidity  needs  of  those  subsidiaries.  Our  ability  to  maintain  adequate  liquidity  for  our  operations  is  dependent  upon  a
number  of  factors,  including  revenue  and  earnings,  our  ability  to  manage  costs  and  improve  productivity,  our  clients'  ability  to  pay  their  balances  on  a
timely basis and the impacts of changing macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions. We believe that existing cash and investments, cash generated from
operations and borrowing capacity under our $500 million revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund our cash needs for the next 12 months.

Cash Flow Summary

The change in cash and cash equivalents is as follows:

Net cash from operating activities
Net cash from investing activities
Net cash from financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Change in cash and cash equivalents

Operating activities

2023

79,468  $

(122,832)
(31,266)
5,702 
(68,928) $

2022
175,983  $
(24,269)
(198,083)
(16,130)
(62,499) $

Increase/(decrease)
(96,515)
(98,563)
166,817 
21,832 
(6,429)

$

$

Cash flows from operating activities in 2023 declined $97 million compared to the prior year. This decline was driven by lower earnings, higher interest
payments of $30 million, higher restructuring payments of $19 million and higher pension contributions of $7 million, partially offset by higher collections
of accounts receivables and finance receivables of $33 million, lower inventory purchases of $19 million and changes in other working capital items.

Investing activities

Cash flows from investing activities for 2023 declined $99 million compared to the prior year primarily due to prior year proceeds of $162 million from the
sale  of  businesses  and  our  Shelton,  Connecticut  office  building,  partially  offset  by  lower  payments  of  $28  million  to  settle  foreign  exchange  derivative
contracts, lower capital expenditures of $22 million and lower net investment activity of $10 million.

Financing activities

Cash  flows  from  financing  activities  for  2023  improved  $167  million  compared  to  the  prior  year  primarily  due  to  lower  net  cash  outflows  from  debt
activity of $68 million, an increase in customer account deposits at the Bank of $90 million and $13 million of common stock repurchases in the prior year.

Debt Activity

During 2023, we issued an aggregate $275 million of senior secured notes. The notes mature in March 2028 and bear interest at the Secured Overnight
Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 6.9%, payable quarterly. The net proceeds (net of original issue discount of 3%) were used to redeem the March 2024 notes
and repay $30 million of the term loan due March 2026. Also, during 2023, we purchased an aggregate $39 million of the March 2024 notes and March
2027 notes, recognizing a gain of $3 million, and made scheduled principal repayments of $42 million on our term loans.

The  credit  agreement  that  governs  our  $500  million  secured  revolving  credit  facility  and  the  term  loan  due  March  2026  contains  certain  financial
covenants. These covenants require us to maintain, on a quarterly basis, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, both of which
are defined and calculated in accordance with the credit agreement. The maximum leverage ratio decreases from 4.25x to 4.0x as of June 30, 2024 and the
minimum interest coverage ratio increases from 1.75x to 2.0x as of March 31, 2025. At December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with these financial
covenants. Additionally, management expects that we will remain in compliance with these financial covenants over the next twelve months. However,
events and circumstances could occur, some beyond our control, that could adversely impact our compliance with these covenants and require us to seek to
obtain  a  waiver  from  our  lenders,  modify  our  existing  covenants  or  refinance  certain  debt  to  cure  the  noncompliance.  If  we  are  unable  to  cure  the
noncompliance, amounts due under our revolving credit facility and term loan due March 2026 could be called by our lenders. At December 31, 2023, there
were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility. Borrowings under our secured debt are secured by assets of the company.

23

The PB Bank (the Bank), a wholly owned subsidiary, is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Des Moines and has access to certain credit
products as a funding source known as "advances." As of December 31, 2023, the Bank had yet to apply for any advances.

Future Cash Requirements

The following table summarizes our known and contractually committed cash requirements at December 31, 2023 (in millions):

Debt maturities
Lease obligations
Purchase obligations
Retiree medical payments

Total

Debt

Payments due in

Total

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Thereafter

$

$

2,189 
431 
145 
84 
2,849 

$

$

59 
88 
140 
11 
298 

$

$

53 
83 
2 
10 
148 

$

$

196 
72 
1 
10 
279 

$

$

387 
63 
1 
9 
460 

$

$

683 
54 
1 
9 
747 

$

$

811 
71 
— 
35 
917 

At December 31, 2023, we have outstanding principal debt of $2.2 billion. Approximately 64% of this debt is at fixed rates, including the effect of interest
rate swaps, and the remaining 36% is at variable rates. The weighted average interest rate of our variable rate debt at December 31, 2023 was 9.7%. We
estimate  that  cash  interest  payments  for  the  next  12  months  will  be  $190  -  $200  million.  Required  debt  repayments  over  the  next  12  months  are  $59
million,  which  we  anticipate  satisfying  through  available  cash  on  hand  and  cash  generated  from  operations.  See  Note  12  to  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements for information regarding our debt.

Lease obligations

We lease real estate and equipment under operating and capital lease arrangements. These leases have terms of up to 15 years and include renewal options.
Lease obligations in the table above do not include $17 million of payments for leases signed but not yet commenced at December 31, 2023. See Note 6
and Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Purchase obligations

Purchase obligations include unrecorded open purchase orders for goods and services.

In addition to the above known and contractually committed cash payments, we anticipate using cash for the following items:

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures are evaluated and approved by senior leadership based on several factors, including expected impacts on revenue growth, productivity
enhancements, service improvements and cost savings. Capital expenditures totaled $103 million and $125 million for the years ended December 31, 2023
and 2022, respectively.

Dividends

Assuming the current $0.05 per quarter dividend payment, we estimate that dividend payments will be approximately $35 million in 2024. Under the terms
of  the  March  2028  note  purchase  agreement,  the  annual  amount  of  permitted  dividend  payments  is  capped  at  the  lesser  of  $36  million  or  a  maximum
dividend yield of 6.25%. In addition, share repurchases would further limit this amount.

Share Repurchases

We may repurchase shares of our common stock to manage the dilution created by shares issued under employee stock plans and for other purposes. We
did not repurchase any additional shares of our common stock in 2023.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2023, we had approximately $28 million outstanding letters of credit guarantees with financial institutions that are primarily issued as
security for insurance, leases, customs and other performance obligations. In general, we would only be liable for the amount of these guarantees in the
event of default in the performance of our obligations, the probability of which we believe is remote.

24

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about certain items that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenues,  expenses  and  accompanying  disclosures,  including  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and
liabilities. The accounting policies below have been identified by management as those policies that are most critical to our financial statements due to the
estimates and assumptions required. Management believes that the estimates and assumptions used are reasonable and appropriate based on the information
available at the time the financial statements were prepared; however, actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions. See Note 1 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of our accounting policies.

Revenue recognition

We derive revenue from multiple sources including the sale and lease of equipment, equipment rentals, financing, support services and business services.
Certain  transactions  are  consummated  at  the  same  time  and  can  therefore  generate  revenue  from  multiple  sources.  The  most  common  form  of  these
arrangements involves a sale or noncancelable lease of equipment, meter services and an equipment maintenance agreement. We are required to determine
whether each product and service within the contract should be treated as a separate performance obligation (unit of accounting) for revenue recognition
purposes. We recognize revenue for performance obligations when control is transferred to the customer. Transfer of control may occur at a point in time or
over time, depending on the nature of the contract and the performance obligation.

Revenue is allocated among performance obligations based on relative standalone selling prices (SSP), which are a range of selling prices that we would
sell the good or service to a customer on a separate basis. SSP are established for each performance obligation at the inception of the contract and can be
observable prices or estimated. Revenue is allocated to the meter service and equipment maintenance agreement elements using their respective observable
selling prices charged in standalone and renewal transactions. For sale and lease transactions, the SSP of the equipment is based on a range of observable
selling prices in standalone transactions. We recognize revenue on non-lease transactions when control of the equipment transfers to the customer, which is
upon delivery for customer installable models and upon installation or customer acceptance for other models. We recognize revenue on equipment for lease
transactions upon shipment for customer installable models and upon installation or customer acceptance for other models.

Impairment review

Goodwill  is  tested  annually  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level  at  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  quarter  or  sooner  if  circumstances  indicate  an
impairment may exist. The impairment test for goodwill determines the fair value of each reporting unit and compares it to the reporting unit's carrying
value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not
impaired, If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, a goodwill impairment loss is
calculated as the difference between these amounts, limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.

Testing goodwill for impairment requires us to identify our reporting units and assign assets and liabilities, including goodwill, to each reporting unit. The
fair value of a reporting unit is based on one or a combination of techniques, including a discounted cash flow model, multiples of competitors, and/or
multiples from sales of like businesses.

The performance of our Global Ecommerce reporting unit, continuing changes in macroeconomic conditions and our long-term outlook for this business
were triggering events that caused us to evaluate the Global Ecommerce goodwill for impairment during the second and fourth quarters. To assess Global
Ecommerce goodwill for impairment, we determined the fair value of the reporting unit and compared it to the unit's carrying value, including goodwill.
We engaged a third party to assist in the determination of the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair value was estimated using a discounted cash flow
model  based  on  management  developed  cash  flow  projections,  which  included  judgements  and  assumptions  related  to  revenue  growth  rates,  operating
margins, operating income, and a discount rate. The estimates and assumptions are considered Level 3 inputs under the fair value hierarchy. We assessed
Global  Ecommerce  goodwill  for  impairment  in  the  second  and  fourth  quarters,  and  based  on  the  results  of  our  assessments,  recorded  non-cash,  pre-tax
goodwill impairment charges of $119 million and $220 million, respectively.

The  results  of  our  annual  impairment  test  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  quarter  for  our  other  reporting  units  indicated  that  the  fair  value  of  these
reporting units exceeded their carrying values and no impairment existed.

Long-lived and finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
may  not  be  fully  recoverable.  The  estimated  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  expected  to  result  from  the  use  and  eventual  disposition  of  the  assets  is
compared to the carrying value. If the sum of the undiscounted cash flows is less than the asset's carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded for an
amount by which the carrying value exceeds its fair value. The fair value of the impaired asset is determined using probability weighted expected cash flow
estimates, quoted market prices when available and appraisals, as appropriate. We derive the cash flow estimates from our long-term business plans and
historical experience. Changes in

25

the  estimates  and  assumptions  incorporated  in  our  impairment  assessment  could  materially  affect  the  determination  of  fair  value  and  the  associated
impairment charge.

Allowances for credit losses

Finance receivables are comprised of sales-type leases, secured loans and unsecured revolving loans. We provide an allowance for probable credit losses
based on historical loss experience, the nature of our portfolios, adverse situations that may affect a client's ability to pay and current economic conditions
and  outlook  based  on  reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  Total  allowance  for  credit  losses  as  a  percentage  of  finance  receivables  was  2%  at  both
December 31, 2023 and 2022. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% increase in the allowance rate at December 31, 2023 would have reduced
pre-tax income by $3 million.

Trade  accounts  receivable  are  generally  due  within  30  days  after  the  invoice  date.  We  provide  an  allowance  for  credit  losses  based  on  historical  loss
experience, the age of the receivables, specific troubled accounts and other currently available information. Accounts deemed uncollectible are written off
against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and management deems the account to be uncollectible, or when they are 365 days
past due, if sooner. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of trade accounts receivables was 2% at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. Holding all
other assumptions constant, a 0.25% increase in the allowance rate at December 31, 2023 would have reduced pre-tax income by $1 million.

Income taxes and valuation allowance

We  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  the  U.S.  and  numerous  foreign  jurisdictions.  Our  annual  tax  rate  is  based  on  income,  statutory  tax  rates,  tax  reserve
changes and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Significant judgment is required in determining the
annual tax rate and in evaluating our tax positions. We regularly assess the likelihood of tax adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we have
operations  and  account  for  the  related  financial  statement  implications.  We  have  established  tax  reserves  that  we  believe  are  appropriate  given  the
possibility of tax adjustments. Determining the appropriate level of tax reserves requires judgment regarding the uncertain application of tax laws. Reserves
are adjusted when information becomes available or when an event occurs indicating a change in the reserve is appropriate. Changes in tax reserves could
have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Significant judgment is also required in determining the amount of deferred tax assets that will ultimately be realized and corresponding deferred tax asset
valuation  allowance.  When  estimating  the  necessary  valuation  allowance,  we  consider  all  available  evidence  for  each  jurisdiction  including  historical
operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. If new information becomes available that would
alter  our  estimate  of  the  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  that  will  ultimately  be  realized,  we  adjust  the  valuation  allowance  through  income  tax  expense.
Changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance could have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Pension benefits

The  calculation  of  net  periodic  pension  expense  and  determination  of  net  pension  obligations  are  dependent  on  assumptions  and  estimates  relating  to,
among  other  things,  the  discount  rate  (interest  rate  used  to  discount  the  future  estimated  liability)  and  the  expected  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets.  These
assumptions are evaluated and updated annually.

The discount rate for our largest plan, the U.S. Qualified Pension Plan (the U.S. Plan) and our largest foreign plan, the U.K. Qualified Pension Plan (the
U.K. Plan) used to determine net periodic pension expense for 2023 was 5.55% and 4.80%, respectively. The discount rate used to determine 2024 net
periodic pension expense for the U.S. Plan and the U.K. Plan was 5.15% and 4.5%, respectively. A 0.25% change in the discount rate would not materially
impact annual pension expense for the U.S. Plan or the U.K. Plan. A 0.25% change in the discount rate would impact the projected benefit obligation of the
U.S. Plan and U.K. Plan by $24 million and $13 million, respectively.

The expected rate of return on plan assets used to determine net periodic pension expense for 2023 was 6.5% for the U.S. Plan and 5.26% for the U.K.
Plan. The expected rate of return on plan assets used to determine 2024 net periodic pension expense was 6.7% and 5.5% for the U.S. Plan and the U.K.
Plan, respectively. A 0.25% change in the expected rate of return on plan assets would impact annual pension expense for the U.S. Plan by $3 million and
the U.K. Plan by $1 million.

Actual  pension  plan  results  that  differ  from  our  assumptions  and  estimates  are  accumulated  and  amortized  primarily  over  the  life  expectancy  of  plan
participants and affect future pension expense. Net pension expense is also based on a market-related valuation of plan assets where differences between
the actual and expected return on plan assets are recognized over a five-year period. Plan benefits for participants in a majority of our U.S. and foreign
pension plans are frozen.

26

Residual value of leased assets

Equipment residual values are determined at the inception of the lease using estimates of the equipment's fair value at the end of the lease term. Residual
value estimates impact the determination of whether a lease is classified as an operating lease or a sales-type lease. Fair value estimates of equipment at the
end of the lease term are based on historical renewal experience, used equipment markets, competition and technological changes.

We evaluate residual values on an annual basis or sooner if circumstances warrant. Declines in estimated residual values considered "other-than-temporary"
are recognized immediately. Increases in estimated future residual values are not recognized until the equipment is remarketed. If the actual residual value
of leased assets were 10% lower than management's current estimates and considered "other-than-temporary", pre-tax income would be $5 million lower.

Legal and Regulatory Matters

See Regulatory  Matters  in  Item  1  and  Other  Tax  Matters  in  Note  14  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  regulatory  matters  regarding  our  tax
returns and Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding our legal proceedings.

Foreign Currency Exchange

The  functional  currency  for  most  of  our  foreign  operations  is  the  local  currency.  Changes  in  the  value  of  the  U.S.  dollar  relative  to  the  currencies  of
countries in which we operate impact our reported assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Exchange rate fluctuations can also impact the settlement of
intercompany receivables and payables between our subsidiaries in different countries. During 2023, 11% of our consolidated revenue was from operations
outside the United States and the translation of foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar did not have a material impact on revenues or operating results for the
year ended December 31, 2023.

27

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We  are  exposed  to  market  risks  primarily  from  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates.  To  manage  these  market  risks,  we  may
employ derivatives according to established policies and procedures. We do not use derivatives for speculative purposes. We are also exposed to credit risk
on our accounts receivable and finance receivable portfolio.

Foreign Exchange Risk

We have a number of short-term intercompany loans denominated in a foreign currency, predominantly the British Pound, Canadian Dollar and Euro. Our
foreign currency risk primarily includes the periodic revaluation of these intercompany loans and related interest, which is recorded in earnings.

Historically,  we  entered  into  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  minimize  the  impact  of  the  revaluation  of  these  intercompany  loans  and  related  interest  on
earnings. Changes in fair value of these foreign exchange contracts were also recorded in earnings and designed to generally offset the impact to earnings
from  the  revaluation  of  the  underlying  intercompany  loans.  While  there  was  typically  minimal  impact  to  earnings,  the  settlement  of  these  derivative
contracts resulted in cash outflows or inflows, which could be significant.

In the fourth quarter of 2023, management decided to no longer use foreign exchange contracts to hedge the revaluation of intercompany loans and related
interest.  While  this  decision  reduces  volatility  in  cash  flows,  the  periodic  revaluation  of  these  intercompany  loans  could  result  in  significant  non-cash
charges or income in earnings. Assuming foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2023, a 1% change in the British Pound, Canadian Dollar or
Euro would impact earnings by $5 million, $3 million and $2 million, respectively.

We  are  also  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risks  associated  with  transactions  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  a  location’s  functional  currency  and
forecasted inventory purchases between affiliates and third parties. However, these risks are not deemed to be significant.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk on our variable-rate debt borrowings. The weighted average interest rate of our variable rate debt at December 31, 2023
and 2022 was 9.7% and 7.5%, respectively. A 100 basis point change in the weighted average interest rate of our variable rate debt in 2023 would have
increased interest expense approximately $8 million.

We  also  maintain  a  significant  investment  portfolio  comprised  of  fixed-rate  investment  in  government  and  municipal  securities,  corporate  securities,
mortgage-backed  securities  and  asset-backed  securities.  Changes  in  interest  rates  impact  the  fair  value  of  these  investments.  We  have  designated  these
securities as available-for-sale, and changes in fair value due to changes in interest rates are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, a
component of equity, and not earnings. We do not expect to recognize impairment losses on investment securities in an unrealized loss position as we have
the intent and ability to hold these securities until recovery of unrealized losses or maturity.

Credit Risk

We  are  exposed  to  credit  risk  on  our  accounts  receivable  and  finance  receivable  balances.  This  risk  is  mitigated  due  to  our  large,  diverse  client  base,
dispersed over various geographic regions and industrial sectors. No single client comprised more than 10% of our consolidated net sales in 2023 or 2022.
We maintain provisions for potential credit losses based on historical experience, age of receivable, current economic conditions and future outlook and
other relevant factors that may impact our customers’ ability to pay. We continually evaluate the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses and adjust as
necessary.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules" in this Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

28

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the Exchange Act)), that are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act
is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and to
reasonably  assure  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO)  and  Chief
Financial Officer (CFO), to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Any system of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable (and not absolute) assurance of achieving
the  desired  control  objectives.  Under  the  direction  of  our  CEO  and  CFO,  management  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  our
disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 under the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding this caution, the CEO and CFO
have reasonable assurance that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2023.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act. Management assessed the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 under the criteria
set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)  and
concluded that the internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023  has  been  audited  by  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  an
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report in this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There  have  been  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  during  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2023,  that  have  materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, such internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

29

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Other than information regarding our executive officers disclosed in Part I of this Annual Report and information regarding our directors as shown below,
the  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  in  connection  with  the  2024  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders.

Director

Title

Mary J. Steele Guilfoile

Chair, MG Advisors, Inc.

Steven D. Brill

Todd Everett

Katie May

Milena Alberti-Perez

Sheila A. Stamps

Darrell Thomas

Kurt Wolf

William S. Simon

Jill Sutton

Code of Ethics

Retired President of Corporate Strategy at United Parcel Service, Inc

Independent advisor to several ecommerce companies, including Doddle Parcel Services Limited, Verishop,
Inc., and Fetch Package, Inc
Former Chief Executive Officer, ShippingEasy

Former Chief Financial Officer of Getty Images, Inc

Former Financial Services Executive & Former Commissioner and Audit Committee Chair, New York State
Insurance Fund
Retired Vice President and Treasurer for Harley-Davison, Inc.

Managing Member and Chief Investment Officer of Hestia Capital Management

President of WSS Venture Holdings, LLC

Former Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of United Natural Foods, Inc.

We have Business Practices Guidelines (BPG) that apply to all our officers and other employees and a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the Code) that
applies  to  our  Board  of  Directors.  The  BPG  and  the  Code  are  posted  on  our  corporate  governance  website  located  at  www.pb.com/us/our-
company/leadership-and-governance/corporate-governance.html. Amendments to either the BPG or the Code and any waiver from a provision of the BPG
or the Code requiring disclosure will be disclosed on our corporate governance website.

Audit Committee - Audit Committee Financial Expert

The  information  regarding  the  Audit  Committee,  its  members  and  the  Audit  Committee  financial  experts  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  our  Proxy
Statement to be filed in connection with the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  in  connection  with  the  2024  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders.

30

PART III

ITEM  12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION TABLE

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2023 regarding the number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our equity
compensation plans.

Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by security

holders

Equity compensation plans not approved by

security holders

Total

(a)
Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
and rights (1)

(b)
Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights (2)

(c) 
Number of securities
remaining available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans excluding
securities reflected in column
(a)

15,488,458 

— 
15,488,458 

$9.50

— 
$9.50

15,950,013 

— 
15,950,013 

(1)     Includes outstanding restricted stock units, stock options and performance stock units.
(2)    Weighted average exercise price of stock options only.

Other than information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, the information required by this Item is incorporated
by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  in  connection  with  the  2024  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  in  connection  with  the  2024  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders.

31

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1)    Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Page Number
in Form 10-K
39
40
41
42
43
44
88

(a)(2)    Exhibits

Reg. S-K
exhibits

Description

Status or incorporation by reference

3(a)

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Pitney Bowes Inc.

3(b)

Pitney Bowes Inc. Amended and Restated By-laws (effective May 10, 2013)

4
4(a)

4(b)

4(c)

Description of Registered Securities
Senior Debt Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2005, by and between the Company and
Citibank N.A., as trustee

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 23, 2007, by and among Pitney Bowes
Inc.,  The  Bank  of  New  York,  as  successor  trustee,  and  Citibank,  N.A.,  as  resigning
trustee
Supplemental  Indenture  No.  2  dated  as  of  February  26,  2020,  by  and  between  Pitney
Bowes Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as successor trustee to Citibank N.A.

4(d)

Form of 5.25% Global Medium-Term Note due 2037

4(e)

4(f)

4(g)

4(h)

4(i)

Officer's  Certificate  establishing  the  terms  of  the  Notes,  dated  March  7,  2013,  and
Specimen of 6.70% Notes due 2043

Officer's Certificate establishing the terms of the 4.625% Notes due 2024, dated March
13, 2014, and Specimen of 4.625% Notes due 2024.

Indenture, dated March 19, 2021, among Pitney Bowes Inc., the guarantors party thereto
and Truist Bank, as trustee, with respect to Pitney Bowes Inc.'s 6.875% Senior Notes due
2027.
Indenture, dated March 19, 2021, among Pitney Bowes Inc., the guarantors party thereto
and Truist Bank, as trustee, with respect to Pitney Bowes Inc.'s 7.250% Senior Notes due
2029.
Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2023, by and among Pitney Bowes Inc.,
the noteholders party thereto and Alter Domus (US) LLC, as noteholder representative

10(a) * Retirement Plan for Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc.

10(b) *

Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors' Stock Plan (as amended and restated September 11, 2023)

10(c) *

Pitney Bowes Inc. 2007 Stock Plan (as amended November 7, 2009)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i)(a) to Form 8-K filed with
the Commission on September 30, 2019 (Commission file number
1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3(d)  to  Form  8-K  filed  with
the  Commission  on  May  13,  2013  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579)
Exhibit 4
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Registration Statement
on  Form  S-3  filed  with  the  Commission  on  June  18,  2008
(Commission file number 1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed with the
Commission  on  October  24,  2007  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed with the
Commission  on  February  26,  2020  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d)(1) to Form 8-K filed with
the Commission on November 16, 2006 (Commission file number
1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 4.1 and 4.2 to Form 8-K filed
with the Commission on March 7, 2013 (Commission file number
1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 4.1 and 4.2 to Form 8-K filed
with the Commission on March 13, 2014 (Commission file number
1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed with
the  Commission  on  March  23,  2021  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579).
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed with
the  Commission  on  March  23,  2021  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579).
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Form  8-K  filed
with the  Commission on July 31,  2023  (Commission  file  number
1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-K filed with
the  Commission  on  March  30,  1993  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Form 10-Q filed with
the  Commission  on  November 2, 2023  (Commission  file  number
1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  (v)  to  Form  10-K  filed  with
the Commission on February 26, 2010 (Commission file number 1-
3579)

32

PART IV

Description

Status or incorporation by reference

Reg. S-K
exhibits

10(d) *

Pitney Bowes Inc. Key Employees' Incentive Plan (as amended and restated September
11, 2023)

10(e) *
10(f) *

Pitney Bowes Severance Plan (as amended and restated as of October 1, 2023)
Pitney  Bowes  Senior  Executive  Severance  Policy  (as  amended  and  restated  as  of
September 11, 2023)

10(g) *

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Deferred  Incentive  Savings  Plan  for  the  Board  of  Directors  (as
amended and restated September 11, 2023)

10(h) *

Pitney Bowes Inc. Deferred Incentive Savings Plan (as amended and restated effective
September 11, 2023)

10(i) *

Form of Long Term Incentive Award Agreement

10(j)*

Pitney Bowes Director Equity Deferral plan dated November 8, 2013 (effective May 12,
2014)

10(k)*

Pitney Bowes Executive Equity Deferral Plan (as amended and restated September 11,
2023)

10(l)*

Pitney Bowes Inc. 2013 Stock Plan

10(m)* Amended and Restated Pitney Bowes Inc. 2018 Stock Plan (as amended and restated

September 11, 2023)

10(n)

10(o)

10(p)

10(q)

10(r)

10(s)

10(t)

10(u)

10(v)

Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2019 (the "Credit Agreement"), among the
company, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
as administrative agent.
First Incremental Facility Amendment, dated as of February 19, 2020, to the Credit
Agreement, among the company, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., administrative agent.
First Amendment, dated as of March 19, 2021, among Pitney Bowes Inc., the
subsidiaries of Pitney Bowes Inc. party thereto, the lenders and issuing banks party
thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent
First Refinancing Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2021, among Pitney Bowes Inc., the
subsidiaries of Pitney Bowes Inc. party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent and refinancing tranche B term lender.
Second Amendment, dated as of May 11, 2022, to the Credit Agreement, among Pitney
Bowes Inc., the Lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JP Morgan Chase, N.A., as
administrative agent
Third  Amendment,  dated  as  of  December  7,  2022,  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  among
Pitney Bowes Inc., the Lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JP Morgan Chase,
N.A., as administrative agent.
Fourth  Amendment,  dated  as  of  December  8,  2022,  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  among
Pitney Bowes Inc., the Lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JP Morgan Chase,
N.A., as administrative agent
Fifth Amendment, dated as of June 6, 2023, among Pitney Bowes Inc., the subsidiaries
of Pitney Bowes Inc. party thereto, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto, and JP
Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent
Sixth Amendment, dated as of July 31, 2023, among Pitney Bowes Inc., the subsidiaries
of Pitney Bowes Inc. party thereto, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto, and JP
Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent

33

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q filed with
the  Commission  on  November 2, 2023  (Commission  file  number
1-3579)
Exhibit 10(e)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-Q filed with
the  Commission  on  November 2, 2023  (Commission  file  number
1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Form 10-Q filed with
the  Commission  on  November 2, 2023  (Commission  file  number
1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-Q filed with
the  Commission  on  November 2, 2023  (Commission  file  number
1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k) to Form 10-K filed with
the Commission on February 25, 2013 (Commission file number 1-
3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o) to Form 10-K filed with
the Commission on February 22, 2016 (Commission file number 1-
3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-Q filed with
the  Commission  on  November 2, 2023  (Commission  file  number
1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Annex  A  to  the  Definitive  Proxy
Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with
the  Commission  on  March  25,  2013  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Form 10-Q filed with
the  Commission  on  November  2,  2023  (Commission  file  number
1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Form  8-K  filed
with  the  Commission  on  November  5,  2019  (Commission  file
number 1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Form  8-K  filed
with  the  Commission  on  February  20,  2020  (Commission  file
number 1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Form  8-K  filed
with the Commission on March 23, 2021 (Commission file number
1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Form  8-K  filed
with the Commission on March 23, 2021 (Commission file number
1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Form  10-Q  filed
with  the  Commission  on  November  4,  2022  (Commission  file
number 1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Form  8-K  filed
with  the  Commission  on  December  8,  2022  (Commission  file
number 1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(x) to the Form 10-K filed
with  the  Commission  on  February  17,  2023  (Commission  file
number 1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Form  8-K  filed
with the Commission on June 6, 2023 (Commission file number 1-
3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Form  8-K  filed
with  the  Commission  on  July 31,  2023  (Commission  file  number
1-3579)

PART IV

Description

Status or incorporation by reference

Reg. S-K
exhibits

10(w)

Separation  Agreement  and  General  Release,  dated  as  of  September  29,  2023,  between
Pitney Bowes Inc. and Marc Lautenbach

10(x)

Letter  Agreement,  dated  as  of  September  29,  2023,  between  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  and
Jason Dies

21
23
31.1

31.2

32.1
32.2
97

Subsidiaries of the registrant
Consent of independent registered accounting firm
Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  Pursuant  to  Rules  13a-14(a)  and  15d-14(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Compensation Recoupment Policy of Pitney Bowes Inc. dated December 1, 2023

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Form  8-K  filed
with  the  Commission  on  October  2,  2023  (Commission  file
number 1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Form  8-K  filed
with  the  Commission  on  October  2,  2023  (Commission  file
number 1-3579)
Exhibit 21
Exhibit 23
Exhibit 31.1

Exhibit 31.2

Exhibit 32.1
Exhibit 32.2
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-Q filed with
the  Commission  on  November  2,  2023  (Commission  file  number
1-3579)

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document

104

The  cover  page  from  the  Company's  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2023, formatted in Inline XBRL (included as Exhibit 101).

* The Exhibits identified above with an asterisk (*) are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

The Company has certain outstanding long-term indebtedness that does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company; therefore, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of such
indebtedness are not included as exhibits. The Company agrees to furnish copies of such instruments to the SEC upon request.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None

34

PART IV

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    Registrant

Date: February 20, 2024        PITNEY BOWES INC.

By: /s/ Jason C. Dies
Jason C. Dies
Interim Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant
and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

/s/ Jason C. Dies
Jason C. Dies

/s/ Ana Maria Chadwick 
Ana Maria Chadwick

/s/ Joseph R. Catapano
Joseph R. Catapano

/s/ Mary J. Steele Guilfoile
Mary J. Steele Guilfoile

/s/ Steven D. Brill
Steven D. Brill

/s/ Todd Everett
Todd Everett

/s/ Katie May
Katie May

/s/ Milena Alberti-Perez
Milena Alberti-Perez

/s/ Sheila A. Stamps
Sheila A. Stamps

/s/ Darrell Thomas
Darrell Thomas

/s/ Kurt Wolf
Kurt Wolf

/s/ William S. Simon
William S. Simon

/s/ Jill Sutton
Jill Sutton

Interim Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

February 20, 2024

Title

Date

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

February 20, 2024

Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

February 20, 2024

Non-Executive Chairman - Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

35

February 20, 2024

February 20, 2024

February 20, 2024

February 20, 2024

February 20, 2024

February 20, 2024

February 20, 2024

February 20, 2024

February 20, 2024

February 20, 2024

PART IV

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 238)
Consolidated Financial Statements of Pitney Bowes Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Financial Statement Schedule

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Page Number

37

39
40
41
42
43
44

88

36

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Pitney Bowes Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pitney Bowes Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31,
2023 and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ (deficit) equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in
the  index  appearing  under  Item  15(a)(1)  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  We  also  have  audited  the
Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the
Company  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  and  the  results  of  its  operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period
ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion,
the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023,  based  on
criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report
on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting  appearing  under  Item  9A.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  opinions  on  the  Company’s
consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public
accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or
fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also
included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall
presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures
as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of
records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (ii)  provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

37

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to
the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of
critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to
which it relates.

Goodwill Impairment Triggering Event Assessments – Global Ecommerce Reporting Unit

As described in Notes 1 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $734 million as of
December 31, 2023, and the goodwill balance associated with the Global Ecommerce reporting unit was zero. Goodwill is tested annually for
impairment at the reporting unit level as of the beginning of the fourth quarter or sooner if circumstances indicate an impairment may exist.
The  impairment  test  for  goodwill  determines  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  and  compares  it  to  the  reporting  unit’s  carrying  value,
including  goodwill.  If  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  the  carrying  value  of  the  net  assets  assigned  to  the  reporting  unit,  a
goodwill impairment loss is calculated as the difference between these amounts, limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting
unit. The performance of the Global Ecommerce reporting unit, continuing changes in macroeconomic conditions and the long-term outlook
for  the  business  were  triggering  events  that  caused  management  to  evaluate  the  Global  Ecommerce  goodwill  for  impairment  during  the
second and fourth quarters 0f 2023. The assessments indicated that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit was less than the carrying
value and management recorded a non-cash, pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $119 million and $220 million in the second and fourth
quarter,  respectively.  The  fair  value  was  estimated  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  model  based  on  management  developed  cash  flow
projections,  which  included  judgments  and  assumptions  related  to  revenue  growth  rates,  operating  margins,  operating  income,  and  the
discount rate.

The  principal  considerations  for  our  determination  that  performing  procedures  relating  to  the  goodwill  impairment  triggering  event
assessments  of  the  Global  Ecommerce  reporting  unit  is  a  critical  audit  matter  are  (i)  the  significant  judgment  by  management  when
developing the fair value estimates of the Global Ecommerce reporting unit; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in
performing  procedures  and  evaluating  management’s  significant  assumptions  related  to  revenue  growth  rates,  certain  forecasted  costs
included in the determination of projected operating margins and operating income, and the discount rate; and (iii) the audit effort involved
the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the
consolidated  financial  statements.  These  procedures  included  testing  the  effectiveness  of  controls  relating  to  management’s  goodwill
impairment  assessments,  including  controls  over  the  valuation  of  the  Global  Ecommerce  reporting  unit.  These  procedures  also  included,
among  others,  (i)  testing  management’s  process  for  developing  the  fair  value  estimates  of  the  reporting  unit;  (ii)  evaluating  the
appropriateness of the discounted cash flow model used by management; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used
in  the  discounted  cash  flow  model;  and  (iv)  evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  the  significant  assumptions  used  by  management  related  to
revenue growth rates, certain forecasted costs included in the determination of projected operating margins and operating income, and the
discount  rate.  Evaluating  management’s  assumptions  related  to  revenue  growth  rates  and  certain  forecasted  costs  included  in  the
determination of projected operating margins and operating income involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were
reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the reporting unit, (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data,
and (iii) whether the assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and
knowledge were used to assist in evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow model and the reasonableness of the discount
rate assumption.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 20, 2024

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1934.

38

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenue:

Business services
Support services
Financing
Equipment sales
Supplies
Rentals

Total revenue
Costs and expenses:

Cost of business services
Cost of support services
Financing interest expense
Cost of equipment sales
Cost of supplies
Cost of rentals
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Restructuring charges
Goodwill impairment
Interest expense, net
Other components of net pension and postretirement (income) cost
Other (income) expense

Total costs and expenses

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
(Loss) income from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net (loss) income

Basic (loss) earnings per share attributable to common stockholders 

(1)
:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net (loss) income

Diluted (loss) earnings per share attributable to common stockholders 

(1)
:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net (loss) income

(1)

The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,045,069 
410,734 
271,197 
323,739 
147,709 
67,900 
3,266,348 

1,756,616 
137,676 
63,281 
223,757 
43,347 
19,614 
897,260 
41,405 
61,585 
339,184 
100,445 
(8,256)
(3,064)
3,672,850 
(406,502)
(20,875)
(385,627)
— 
(385,627)

(2.20)
— 
(2.20)

(2.20)
— 
(2.20)

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,249,941 
438,191 
274,508 
354,960 
154,186 
66,256 
3,538,042 

1,934,206 
148,829 
51,789 
253,843 
43,778 
25,105 
905,570 
43,657 
18,715 
— 
89,980 
4,308 
(21,618)
3,498,162 
39,880 
2,940 
36,940 
— 
36,940 

0.21 
— 
0.21 

0.21 
— 
0.21 

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,334,674 
460,888 
294,418 
350,138 
159,438 
74,005 
3,673,561 

2,034,477 
149,706 
47,059 
251,914 
43,980 
24,427 
924,163 
46,777 
19,003 
— 
96,886 
1,010 
41,574 
3,680,976 
(7,415)
(10,922)
3,507 
(4,858)
(1,351)

0.02 
(0.03)
(0.01)

0.02 
(0.03)
(0.01)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
(In thousands)

Net (loss) income
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

Foreign currency translations, net of tax of $(741), $(3,942) and $(767), respectively
Net (loss) gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(1,847), $2,900 and $1,738, respectively
Net unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities, net of tax of $1,878, $(10,424) and $(2,217),

respectively

Adjustments to pension and postretirement plans, net of tax of $(18,875), $4,312 and $17,986,

respectively

Amortization of pension and postretirement costs, net of tax of $4,461, $9,315 and $12,755,

respectively

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

Comprehensive (loss) income

2023

Years Ended December 31,
2022

2021

$

(385,627)

$

36,940 

$

(1,351)

25,279 
(5,541)

5,977 

(55,128)

13,732 
(15,681)
(401,308)

$

$

(71,344)
8,700 

(33,191)

9,297 

31,286 
(55,252)
(18,312)

$

(34,168)
5,214 

(6,651)

54,618 

39,806 
58,819 
57,468 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

40

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share amount)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments (includes $2,382 and $1,882, respectively, reported at fair value)
Accounts and other receivables (net of allowance of $6,139 and $5,344 respectively)
Short-term finance receivables (net of allowance of $14,347 and $11,395, respectively)
Inventories
Current income taxes
Other current assets and prepayments

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Rental property and equipment, net
Long-term finance receivables (net of allowance of $8,880 and $10,555, respectively)
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Operating lease assets
Noncurrent income taxes
Other assets (includes $227,131 and $229,936, respectively, reported at fair value)

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Customer deposits at the Bank
Current operating lease liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
Advance billings
Current income taxes

Total current liabilities
Long-term debt
Deferred taxes on income
Tax uncertainties and other income tax liabilities
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities
Other noncurrent liabilities
Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 15)

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

Common stock, $1 par value (480,000 shares authorized; 270,338 and 323,338 shares issued, respectively)
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury stock, at cost (93,972 and 149,307 shares, respectively)

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

$

$

$

$

601,053 
22,166 
342,236 
563,536 
70,053 
564 
92,309 
1,691,917 
383,628 
23,583 
653,085 
734,409 
62,250 
309,958 
60,995 
352,360 
4,272,185 

875,476 
640,323 
60,069 
58,931 
89,087 
6,523 
1,730,409 
2,087,101 
211,477 
19,091 
277,981 
314,702 
4,640,761 

270,338 
3,077,988 
(851,245)
(2,865,657)
(368,576)
4,272,185 

$

$

$

$

669,981 
11,172 
343,557 
564,972 
83,720 
8,790 
115,824 
1,798,016 
420,672 
27,487 
627,124 
1,066,951 
77,944 
296,129 
46,613 
380,419 
4,741,355 

907,083 
628,072 
52,576 
32,764 
105,207 
2,101 
1,727,803 
2,172,502 
263,131 
23,841 
265,696 
227,729 
4,680,702 

323,338 
5,125,677 
(835,564)
(4,552,798)
60,653 
4,741,355 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net (loss) income
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

$

(385,627)
— 

$

36,940 
— 

$

Depreciation and amortization
Allowance for credit losses
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of debt fees
(Gain) loss on debt redemption/refinancing
Restructuring charges
Restructuring payments
Pension contributions and retiree medical payments
Gain on sale of businesses, including transaction costs
Gain on sale of assets
Goodwill impairment
Deferred taxes
Other, net
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions/divestitures:
Accounts and other receivables
Finance receivables
Inventories
Other current assets and prepayments
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Current and noncurrent income taxes
Advance billings

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Capital expenditures
Purchases of investment securities
Proceeds from sales/maturities of investment securities
Net investment in loan receivables
Proceeds from sale of business, net of cash sold
Proceeds from asset sales
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Settlement of derivative contracts
Other investing activities, net

Net cash from investing activities: continuing operations
Net cash from investing activities: discontinued operations
Net cash from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from the issuance of debt, net of discount
Principal payments of debt
Premiums and fees to refinance debt
Dividends paid to stockholders
Customer deposits at the Bank
Common stock repurchases
Other financing activities, net

Net cash from financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

160,430 
16,687 
9,597 
10,698 
(3,064)
61,585 
(34,443)
(33,815)
— 
— 
339,184 
(50,815)
6,040 

(6,027)
(2,646)
14,293 
30,841 
(43,110)
6,904 
(17,244)
79,468 

(102,878)
(18,887)
25,390 
(29,754)
— 
— 
— 
427 
2,870 
(122,832)
— 
(122,832)

266,750 
(322,886)
(10,531)
(35,215)
86,223 
— 
(15,607)
(31,266)
5,702 
(68,928)
669,981 
601,053 

$

163,816 
8,937 
16,629 
8,674 
4,993 
18,715 
(15,406)
(26,769)
(12,205)
(14,372)
— 
3,688 
13,997 

(29,303)
(12,591)
(4,942)
2,727 
18,577 
(14,464)
8,342 
175,983 

(124,840)
(8,863)
28,724 
(53,114)
111,593 
50,766 
(5,139)
(27,660)
4,264 
(24,269)
— 
(24,269)

— 
(124,101)
(8,535)
(34,718)
(3,990)
(13,446)
(13,293)
(198,083)
(16,130)
(62,499)
732,480 
669,981 

$

$

(1,351)
4,858 

162,859 
7,808 
20,862 
7,163 
56,209 
19,003 
(21,990)
(27,534)
(10,201)
(1,434)
— 
(19,883)
9,179 

37,503 
20,934 
(8,008)
(1,184)
57,780 
2,971 
(14,029)
301,515 

(184,042)
(74,923)
97,358 
(6,288)
27,573 
1,840 
(14,996)
— 
— 
(153,478)
(1,773)
(155,251)

1,195,500 
(1,445,734)
(50,763)
(34,800)
14,862 
— 
(9,436)
(330,371)
(4,863)
(188,970)
921,450 
732,480 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
(In thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2020
Net loss
Other comprehensive income
Dividends ($0.20 per share)
Issuance of common stock
Stock-based compensation

Balance at December 31, 2021
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Dividends ($0.20 per share)
Issuance of common stock
Stock-based compensation
Repurchase of common stock

Balance at December 31, 2022
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss
Dividends ($0.20 per share)
Issuance of common stock
Stock-based compensation
Retirement of treasury stock

Balance at December 31, 2023

Common
Stock

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
earnings

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss

Treasury stock

Total (deficit)
equity

$

$

323,338 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

323,338 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

323,338 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(53,000)

$

$

68,502 
— 
— 
— 
(86,879)
20,862 

2,485 
— 
— 
— 
(19,114)
16,629 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
(9,597)
9,597 
— 

5,205,421 
(1,351)
— 
(34,800)
— 
— 

5,169,270 
36,940 
— 
(34,718)
(45,815)
— 
— 

5,125,677 
(385,627)
— 
(35,215)
(63,877)
— 
(1,562,970)

$

(839,131)
— 
58,819 
— 
— 
— 

(780,312)
— 
(55,252)
— 
— 
— 
— 

(835,564)
— 
(15,681)
— 
— 
— 
— 

$

(4,687,509)
— 
— 
— 
85,360 
— 

(4,602,149)
— 
— 
— 
62,797 
— 
(13,446)

(4,552,798)
— 
— 
— 
71,171 
— 
1,615,970 

$

270,338 

$

— 

$

3,077,988 

$

(851,245)

$

(2,865,657)

$

70,621 
(1,351)
58,819 
(34,800)
(1,519)
20,862 

112,632 
36,940 
(55,252)
(34,718)
(2,132)
16,629 
(13,446)

60,653 
(385,627)
(15,681)
(35,215)
(2,303)
9,597 
— 

(368,576)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

43

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements of Pitney Bowes Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (we, us, our, or the company) have been
prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). Intercompany transactions and balances
have been eliminated.

Pre-tax  income  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2022  includes  a  benefit  of  $3  million  to  correct  misstatements  related  to  prior  periods.  The
impact  of  these  misstatements  is  not  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  current  annual  period  or  for  any  prior  quarterly  or  annual
periods.

Factors Affecting Comparability

Certain transactions and changes occurred during 2022 that impact the comparability to our 2023 financial results. These transactions and changes include:

•

•

the sale of our Borderfree cross-border ecommerce solutions business (Borderfree) in July 2022. Accordingly, reported revenue and costs for the
twelve months ended December 31, 2022 include six months of revenue and costs for Borderfree. Net income of Borderfree for these periods was
not significant.

a change in the presentation of revenue for digital delivery services effective October 1, 2022, from a gross basis to a net basis. Accordingly, in
2023, revenue and costs of revenue for certain digital delivery services are reported on a net basis as business services revenue; whereas in 2022,
revenue and cost of revenue for these services through September 30 were reported as business services revenue and cost of business services,
respectively. The change primarily impacts our Global Ecommerce segment.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues, expenses and accompanying disclosures, including the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates and assumptions
are  based  on  management's  best  knowledge  of  current  events,  historical  experience  and  other  information  available  when  the  financial  statements  are
prepared. These estimates include, but are not limited to, goodwill and intangible asset impairment review, deferred tax asset valuation allowance, income
tax reserves, revenue recognition for multiple element arrangements, pension and other postretirement costs, allowance for credit losses, residual values of
leased assets, useful lives of long-lived and intangible assets, restructuring costs and loss contingencies. Actual results could differ from those estimates and
assumptions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents include interest-earning investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. Restricted cash included in cash and
cash equivalents at December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $3 million and $1 million, respectively. Restricted cash represent cash balances which are legally or
contractually restricted.

Investment Securities

Investment  securities  classified  as  available-for-sale  are  recorded  at  fair  value  with  changes  in  fair  value  due  to  market  conditions  (i.e.,  interest  rates)
recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss (AOCL), and changes in fair value due to credit conditions recorded in earnings. Purchase premiums
and discounts are amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the security. Gains and losses on sales of available-for-sale securities are
recorded on the trade date using the specific identification method. There were no unrealized losses due to credit losses charged to earnings in 2023, 2022,
or 2021. Investment securities classified as held-to-maturity and are carried at amortized cost.

We  also  hold  certain  other  investments,  whereby  their  nature,  changes  in  fair  value  are  recorded  through  earnings  on  a  recurring  basis  or  upon  the
occurrence of an observable transaction.

Accounts and Other Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

Accounts receivables are generally due within 30 days after the invoice date. We provide an allowance for credit losses based on historical loss experience,
the age of the receivables, specific troubled accounts and other currently available information.

Accounts  receivables  are  written  off  against  the  allowance  after  all  collection  efforts  have  been  exhausted  and  management  deems  the  account  to  be
uncollectible, or when they are 365 days past due, if sooner. We believe that our accounts receivable credit risk is low

44

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

because  of  the  geographic  and  industry  diversification  of  our  clients  and  small  account  balances  for  most  of  our  clients.  We  continually  evaluate  the
adequacy of the allowance for credit losses and adjust as necessary.

Finance Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

Finance receivables are comprised of sales-type leases, secured loans and unsecured loans. Sales-type leases and secured loans are from financing options
provided to clients for Pitney Bowes equipment or leasing of other manufacturers' equipment and are generally due in installments over periods ranging
from three to five years. Unsecured loans comprise revolving credit lines offered to our clients for postage, supplies and working capital purposes. These
revolving credit lines are generally due monthly; however, clients may rollover outstanding balances. Interest is recognized on finance receivables using the
effective interest method. Annual fees are recognized ratably over the annual period covered and client acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

We  provide  an  allowance  for  credit  losses  based  on  historical  loss  experience,  the  nature  of  our  portfolios,  adverse  situations  that  may  affect  a  client's
ability to pay and current economic conditions and outlook based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. We continually evaluate the adequacy of the
allowance for credit losses and adjust as necessary.

Credit approval limits are established based on the credit quality of the client and the type of equipment financed. We cease revenue recognition for lease
receivables and unsecured loan receivables that are more than 90 days past due. Revenue recognition is resumed when the client's payments reduce the
account aging to less than 60 days past due. Finance receivables are written off against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and
management  deems  the  account  to  be  uncollectible.  We  believe  that  our  finance  receivable  credit  risk  is  low  because  of  the  geographic  and  industry
diversification of our clients and small account balances for most of our clients.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis or net realizable value.

Fixed Assets

Property, plant and equipment and rental equipment are stated at cost and depreciated principally using the straight-line method over their estimated useful
lives, which are 50 years for buildings, 10-20 years for building improvements, up to 3 years for internal use software development costs, 3-12 years for
machinery and equipment and 3-6 years for rental equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful life or the
remaining lease term. Major improvements that add to the productive capacity or extend the life of an asset are capitalized while repairs and maintenance
are charged to expense. Fully depreciated assets are retained in fixed assets and accumulated depreciation until they are removed from service.

Intangible Assets

Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of up to 10 years.

Deferred Costs

Certain incremental costs to obtain a contract are capitalized if we expect the benefit of those costs to be realized over a period greater than one year. These
costs primarily relate to contract costs and sales commissions on multi-year equipment sales. Costs are amortized in a manner consistent with the timing of
the related revenue over the contract performance period or longer, if renewals are expected and the renewal commission is not commensurate with the
initial commission. Unamortized deferred costs at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, included in other assets, were $39 million and $41 million,
respectively. Amortization expense for these costs for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $18 million, $22 million and $18 million,
respectively.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from multiple sources including sales, rentals, financing and services. Certain transactions are consummated at the same time and can
therefore generate revenue from multiple sources. The most common form of these transactions involves a sale or noncancelable lease of equipment, meter
services  and  an  equipment  maintenance  agreement.  We  determine  whether  each  product  and  service  within  the  contract  should  be  treated  as  a  separate
performance obligation (unit of accounting) for revenue recognition purposes. For contracts that include multiple performance obligations, the transaction
price is allocated based on relative standalone selling prices (SSP), which are a range of selling prices that we would sell a product or service to a customer
on a separate basis. SSP are established for each performance obligation at the inception of the contract and can be observable prices or estimated. The
allocation of the transaction price to the various performance obligations impacts the timing of revenue recognition, but does not change the total revenue
recognized. More specifically, revenue related to our offerings is recognized as follows:

45

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Business services
Business services includes fulfillment, delivery and return services, cross-border solutions, mail processing services and shipping subscription solutions.
Revenue for fulfillment, delivery and return services, cross-border solutions and mail processing services is recognized over time using an output method
based on the number of parcels or mail pieces either processed or delivered, depending on the service type, since that measure best depicts the value of
goods and services transferred to the client over the contract period. Revenue for shipping subscription solutions is recognized ratably over the contract
period as the client obtains equal benefit from these services throughout the period. We review third-party relationships and record revenue on a gross basis
when we act as a principal in a transaction and on a net basis when we act as an agent between a client and vendor. In determining whether we are acting as
principal or agent, we consider several factors such as whether we are the primary obligor to the client or have control over pricing.

Support services
Support services includes providing maintenance, professional and subscription services for our equipment and digital mailing and shipping technology
solutions. Revenue is allocated to these services using selling prices charged in standalone transactions. Revenue for maintenance and subscription services
is recognized ratably over the contract period and revenue for professional services is recognized when services are provided.

Financing

We provide financing for our products primarily through sales-type leases and revolving lines of credit for the purchase of postage and supplies. Financing
revenue also includes finance income, late fees and investment income, gains and losses at the Bank. We record financing income over the lease term using
the  effective  interest  method.  Financing  revenue  also  includes  amounts  related  to  sales-type  leases  that  customers  have  extended  or  renewed  for  an
additional term. Revenue for these contracts is recognized over the term of the modified lease using the effective interest method. We believe that our sales-
type lease portfolio contains only normal collection risk.

Equipment residual values are determined at the inception of the lease using management's best estimate of fair value at the end of the lease term. Fair
value  estimates  are  determined  based  on  historical  renewal  experience,  used  equipment  markets,  competition  and  technological  changes.  We  evaluate
residual  values  on  an  annual  basis  or  sooner  if  circumstances  warrant.  Declines  in  estimated  residual  values  considered  "other-than-temporary"  are
recognized immediately. Increases in estimated future residual values are not recognized until the equipment is remarketed.

Equipment sales

We sell and lease equipment directly to customers and to distributors (re-sellers) throughout the world. The amount of revenue allocated to the equipment is
based  on  a  range  of  observable  selling  prices  in  standalone  transactions.  Revenue  is  recognized  as  control  of  the  equipment  transfers  to  the  customer.
Revenue  from  the  sale  of  equipment  under  sales-type  leases  is  recognized  upon  shipment  for  self-installed  products  and  upon  installation  or  customer
acceptance for other products. Revenue from the direct sale of equipment is recognized upon delivery for self-installed products and upon installation or
customer acceptance for other products. We do not typically offer any rights of return.

Supplies

Supplies revenue includes the sale of supplies for our mailing equipment and is recognized upon delivery.

Rentals

Rentals revenue includes revenue from mailing equipment that does not meet the criteria for as a sales-type lease. We may invoice in advance for rentals
according to the terms of the agreement. Advanced billings are initially deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the billing period. Revenue
generated from financing clients for the continued use of equipment subsequent to the expiration of the original lease is recognized as rentals revenue.

Shipping and Handling

Shipping and handling costs are recognized as costs of revenue as incurred.

Research and Development Costs

Research  and  development  includes  research,  development  and  engineering  activities  relating  to  the  development  of  new  products  and  solutions  and
enhancements  of  existing  products  and  solutions.  Costs  primarily  include  salaries,  benefits  and  other  employee-related  expenses,  materials,  contract
services, information systems and facilities and equipment costs. Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred.

46

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring  charges  may  include  employee  severance  and  related  separation  costs  and  facility  abandonment  and  other  related  charges.  Employee
severance  and  separation  costs  are  recognized  when  a  liability  is  incurred,  which  is  generally  upon  communication  to  the  affected  employee,  and  the
amount to be paid is both probable and can be reasonably estimated. Severance accruals are based on company policy, historical experience and negotiated
settlements.

Stock-based Compensation
Compensation expense for stock-based awards is measured based on the estimated fair value of the awards expected to vest and recognized ratably over the
requisite service period. We may issue restricted stock and non-qualified stock options under our stock award plans. The fair value of restricted stock is
estimated based on the market price of our common stock on the grant date, less the present value of expected dividends. The fair value of non-qualified
stock  options  is  determined  using  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model.  We  believe  that  these  valuation  techniques  and  the  underlying  assumptions  are
appropriate  in  estimating  the  fair  value  of  stock  awards.  Forfeitures  are  estimated  at  the  time  of  grant  to  recognize  expense  for  those  awards  that  are
expected  to  vest  and  are  based  on  our  historical  forfeiture  rates.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  is  recognized  primarily  in  selling,  general  and
administrative expense.

Retirement Plans

Net periodic benefit cost includes service cost, interest cost, expected return on plan assets and the amortization of actuarial gains and losses. Actuarial
gains and losses arise from actual results that differ from previous assumptions and changes in assumptions. The expected return on plan assets is based on
a market-related valuation of plan assets where differences between the actual and expected return on plan assets are recognized over a five-year period.
Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive loss, net of tax, and amortized to benefit cost primarily over the life expectancy of plan
participants. The funded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

Impairment Review

Long-lived assets and finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount may not be fully recoverable. The estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset is
compared to the asset's carrying value. The fair value of the asset is determined using probability weighted expected cash flow estimates, derived from our
long-term business plan and historical experience, quoted market prices when available and appraisals, as appropriate.

Goodwill  is  tested  annually  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  quarter  or  sooner  if  circumstances  indicate  an
impairment may exist. The impairment test for goodwill determines the fair value of each reporting unit and compares it to the reporting unit's carrying
value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not
impaired. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, a goodwill impairment loss is
calculated as the difference between these amounts, limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.

During 2023, we recorded non-cash, pre-tax goodwill impairment charges in the second and fourth quarters of $119 million and $220 million, respectively.
See Note 8 for further details.

Derivative Instruments

We  are  exposed  to  the  impact  of  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates.  We  limit  these  risks  by  following  established  risk
management  policies  and  procedures.  We  may  also  use  derivatives  to  limit  the  effects  of  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations  on  financial  results  and
manage the related cost of debt. We do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Derivatives are measured at fair value and reported as assets and liabilities, as applicable. The accounting for changes in fair value depends on the intended
use of the derivative, the resulting designation and the effectiveness of the instrument in offsetting the risk exposure it is designed to hedge. To qualify as a
hedge, a derivative must be highly effective in offsetting the risk designated for hedging purposes. The hedge relationship must be formally documented at
inception,  detailing  the  particular  risk  management  objective  and  strategy  for  the  hedge.  The  effectiveness  of  the  hedge  relationship  is  evaluated  on  a
retrospective and prospective basis.

The use of derivatives exposes us to counterparty credit risk. To mitigate such risks, we only enter into agreements with financial institutions that meet
stringent credit requirements. We regularly review our credit exposure and the creditworthiness of our counterparties. We have not seen a material change
in the creditworthiness of our derivative counterparties.

Income Taxes
We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and
liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax

47

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change
in  tax  rates  on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that  includes  the  enactment  date  of  such  change.  A  valuation
allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In estimating the necessity and amount of a valuation
allowance,  we  consider  all  available  evidence  for  each  jurisdiction,  including  historical  operating  results,  estimates  of  future  taxable  income  and  the
feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. We adjust the valuation allowance through income tax expense when new information becomes available that
would alter our determination of the amount of deferred tax assets that will ultimately be realized.

Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is
computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted-average dilutive effect of common stock
equivalents.

Translation of Non-U.S. Currency Amounts

In  general,  the  functional  currency  of  our  foreign  operations  is  the  local  currency.  Assets  and  liabilities  of  subsidiaries  operating  outside  the  U.S.  are
translated at rates in effect at the end of the period and revenue and expenses are translated at average rates during the period. Net deferred translation gains
and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Loss Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to, a number of pending and threatened legal actions. On a quarterly basis, we
review the status of each significant matter and assess the potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal action is considered
probable and can be reasonably estimated, we establish a liability for the estimated loss. The assessment of the ultimate outcome of each claim or legal
action and the determination of the potential financial exposure requires significant judgment. Estimates of potential liabilities for claims or legal actions
are based only on information that is available at that time. As additional information becomes available, we may revise our estimates, and these revisions
could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. Legal fees are expensed as incurred.

Accounting Pronouncements Adopted in 2023

On January 1, 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures,
which requires disclosure of gross write-offs of finance receivables by year of origination. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on
our disclosures.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which would require additional
transparency  for  income  tax  disclosures,  including  the  income  tax  rate  reconciliation  table  and  cash  taxes  paid  both  in  the  United  States  and  foreign
jurisdictions. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. We are currently assessing the impact this standard will have
on our disclosures.

In  November  2023,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2023-07,  Segment  Reporting  (Topic  280):  Improvements  to  Reportable  Segment  Disclosures,  which  would
require enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses and information used to assess segment performance. This standard is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. We are
currently assessing the impact this standard will have on our disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference  Rate  Reform  (Topic  848):  Facilitation  of  the  Effects  of  Reference  Rate  Reform  on  Financial
Reporting. The transition to new reference interest rates will require certain contracts to be modified and the ASU is intended to provide temporary optional
expedients and exceptions to U.S. GAAP guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the
expected  market  transition  from  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (LIBOR)  and  other  interbank  offered  rates  to  alternative  reference  rates.  The
accommodations provided by the ASU are effective through December 31, 2024, and may be applied at the beginning of any interim period within that
time frame.

With the modification of our revolving credit facility in December 2022, we elected to apply the practical expedient to the replacement of LIBOR reference
rate and our assessment of hedge effectiveness. We may apply other expedients as additional reference rate changes occur. We continue to assess the impact
of this standard on our financial statements.

48

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Revenue

Disaggregated Revenue

The following tables disaggregate our revenue by source and timing of recognition:

Global Ecommerce Presort Services

Year Ended December 31, 2023

SendTech
Solutions

Revenue from
products and
services

Revenue from
leasing
transactions and
financing

Total consolidated
revenue

Revenue from products and services

Business services
Support services
Financing
Equipment sales
Supplies
Rentals

Subtotal

$

1,355,326  $

617,599  $

72,144  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

1,355,326 

617,599 

410,734 
— 
88,144 
147,709 
— 

718,731 

Revenue from leasing transactions and financing

     Total revenue

— 

— 

574,692 

$

1,355,326  $

617,599  $ 1,293,423  $

—  $
— 
271,197 
235,595 
— 
67,900 
574,692  $

2,045,069 
410,734 
271,197 
323,739 
147,709 
67,900 
3,266,348 

2,045,069  $
410,734 
— 
88,144 
147,709 
— 

2,691,656  $

574,692 
3,266,348 

Timing of revenue recognition from products and services

Products/services transferred at a point in time
Products/services transferred over time

      Total

$

$

—  $

1,355,326 
1,355,326  $

—  $

617,599 
617,599  $

306,414  $
412,317 
718,731  $

306,414 
2,385,242 
2,691,656 

Revenue from products and services

Business services
Support services
Financing
Equipment sales
Supplies
Rentals

Subtotal

Revenue from leasing transactions and financing

     Total revenue

Timing of revenue recognition from products and services

Products/services transferred at a point in time
Products/services transferred over time

      Total

Global Ecommerce Presort Services

$ 1,576,348  $

602,016  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Year Ended December 31, 2022

SendTech
Solutions

Revenue from
products and
services

Revenue from
leasing
transactions and
financing

Total consolidated
revenue

71,577  $ 2,249,941  $
438,191 
— 
88,022 
154,186 
— 

438,191 
— 
88,022 
154,186 
— 

—  $ 2,249,941 
438,191 
— 
274,508 
274,508 
354,960 
266,938 
154,186 
— 
66,256 
66,256 
607,702  $ 3,538,042 

1,576,348 

602,016 

751,976 

2,930,340  $

— 

$ 1,576,348  $

— 

607,702 
607,702 
602,016  $ 1,359,678  $ 3,538,042 

$

—  $

1,576,348 
$ 1,576,348  $

—  $

602,016 
602,016  $

318,438 
318,438  $
433,538 
2,611,902 
751,976  $ 2,930,340 

49

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenue from products and services

Business services
Support services
Financing
Equipment sales
Supplies
Rentals

Subtotal

Global Ecommerce Presort Services

$ 1,702,580  $

573,480  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Year Ended December 31, 2021

SendTech
Solutions

Revenue from
products and
services

Revenue from
leasing
transactions and
financing

Total consolidated
revenue

58,614  $ 2,334,674  $
460,888 
— 
91,015 
159,438 
— 

460,888 
— 
91,015 
159,438 
— 

—  $ 2,334,674 
460,888 
— 
294,418 
294,418 
350,138 
259,123 
159,438 
— 
74,005 
74,005 
627,546  $ 3,673,561 

1,702,580 

573,480 

769,955 

3,046,015  $

Revenue from leasing transactions and financing

     Total revenue

— 

$ 1,702,580  $

— 

627,546 
627,546 
573,480  $ 1,397,501  $ 3,673,561 

Timing of revenue recognition from products and services

Products/services transferred at a point in time
Products/services transferred over time

      Total

$

—  $

1,702,580 
$ 1,702,580  $

—  $

573,480 
573,480  $

318,077 
318,077  $
451,878 
2,727,938 
769,955  $ 3,046,015 

Our performance obligations for revenue from products and services are as follows:

Business services includes fulfillment, delivery and return services, cross-border solutions, mail processing services and shipping subscription solutions.
Revenue for fulfillment, delivery and return services, cross-border solutions and mail processing services is recognized over time using an output method
based on the number of parcels or mail pieces either processed or delivered, depending on the service type, since that measure best depicts the value of
goods and services transferred to the client over the contract period. Contract terms for these services initially range from one to five years and contain
annual renewal options. Revenue for shipping subscription solutions is recognized ratably over the contract period as the client obtains equal benefit from
these services throughout the period.
Support services includes providing maintenance, professional and subscription services for our equipment and digital mailing and shipping technology
solutions. Contract terms range from one to five years, depending on the term of the lease contract for the related equipment. Revenue for maintenance and
subscription services is recognized ratably over the contract period and revenue for professional services is recognized when services are provided.

Equipment sales generally includes the sale of mailing and shipping equipment, excluding sales-type leases. We recognize revenue upon delivery for self-
install equipment and upon acceptance or installation for other equipment. We provide a warranty that the equipment is free of defects and meets stated
specifications. The warranty is not considered a separate performance obligation.

Supplies revenue includes revenue from the sale of supplies for our mailing equipment and is recognized upon delivery.
Revenue from leasing transactions and financing includes revenue from sales-type and operating leases, finance income, late fees and investment income,
gains and losses at the Bank.

Advance Billings from Contracts with Customers

Advance billings, current

Advance billings, noncurrent

Balance Sheet Location

Advance billings

Other noncurrent liabilities

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

Increase/
(decrease)

$

$

82,124 

507 

$

$

97,904 

906 

$

$

(15,780)

(399)

Advance billings are recorded when cash payments are due in advance of our performance. Revenue is recognized ratably over the contract term. Items in
advance billings primarily relate to support services on mailing equipment. Revenue recognized during the

50

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2023  includes  $79  million  of  advance  billings  at  the  beginning  of  the  period.  Advance  billings,  current  at  both
December 31, 2023 and 2022 also includes $7 million from leasing transactions.

Future Performance Obligations

Future  performance  obligations  primarily  include  maintenance  and  subscription  services  bundled  with  our  leasing  contracts.  The  transaction  prices
allocated to future performance obligations will be recognized as follows:

SendTech Solutions

$

241,205 

$

196,422 

$

256,715 

$

694,342 

2024

2025

2026-2028

Total

The  table  above  does  not  include  revenue  for  performance  obligations  under  contracts  with  terms  less  than  12  months  or  revenue  for  performance
obligations where revenue is recognized based on the amount billable to the customer.

3. Segment Information

Our reportable segments are Global Ecommerce, Presort Services and SendTech Solutions. The principal products and services of each reportable segment
are as follows:

Global Ecommerce: Includes the revenue and related expenses from domestic parcel services, cross-border solutions and digital delivery services.

Presort Services:  Includes  the  revenue  and  related  expenses  from  sortation  services  to  qualify  large  volumes  of  First  Class  Mail,  Marketing  Mail  and
Marketing Mail Flats and Bound Printed Matter for postal worksharing discounts.

SendTech Solutions: Includes the revenue and related expenses from physical and digital mailing and shipping technology solutions,
financing, services, supplies and other applications to help simplify and save on the sending, tracking and receiving of letters, parcels
and flats.

Management measures segment profitability and performance using adjusted segment earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT). Adjusted segment EBIT is
calculated by deducting from segment revenue the related costs and expenses attributable to the segment. Adjusted segment EBIT excludes interest, taxes,
general  corporate  expenses,  restructuring  charges,  goodwill  impairment  charges  and  other  items  not  allocated  to  a  particular  business  segment.  Costs
related to shared assets are allocated to the relevant segments. Management believes that adjusted segment EBIT provides investors a useful measure of
operating performance and underlying trends of the business. Adjusted segment EBIT may not be indicative of our overall consolidated performance and
therefore,  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  results  of  operations.  The  following  tables  provide  information  about  our  reportable
segments and reconciliation of adjusted segment EBIT to net income or loss.

Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
SendTech Solutions

Total revenue

Geographic data:
United States
Outside United States

Total revenue

Revenue

Years Ended December 31,

2023
1,355,326 
617,599 
1,293,423 
3,266,348 

2,899,502 
366,846 
3,266,348 

$

$

$

$

2022
1,576,348 
602,016 
1,359,678 
3,538,042 

3,065,211 
472,831 
3,538,042 

$

$

$

$

2021
1,702,580 
573,480 
1,397,501 
3,673,561 

3,114,905 
558,656 
3,673,561 

$

$

$

$

51

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
SendTech Solutions
Total adjusted segment EBIT
Reconciling items:
Interest, net
Unallocated corporate expenses
Restructuring charges
Goodwill impairment
Gain on sale of assets
Gain on sale of businesses, including transaction costs
Gain (loss) on debt redemption/refinancing
Proxy solicitation fees
Foreign currency loss on intercompany loans

Benefit (provision) for income taxes
(Loss) income from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net (loss) income

Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
SendTech Solutions
Total for reportable segments
Corporate

Total depreciation and amortization

Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
SendTech Solutions
Total for reportable segments
Corporate

Total capital expenditures

Adjusted Segment EBIT

Years Ended December 31,

2023
(133,733)
110,912 
405,347 
382,526 

(163,726)
(210,931)
(61,585)
(339,184)
— 
— 
3,064 
(10,905)
(5,761)
20,875 
(385,627)
— 
(385,627)

$

$

2022
(100,308)
82,430 
400,909 
383,031 

(141,769)
(204,251)
(18,715)
— 
14,372 
12,205 
(4,993)
— 
— 
(2,940)
36,940 
— 
36,940 

$

$

2021

(98,673)
79,721 
429,415 
410,463 

(143,945)
(207,774)
(19,003)
— 
1,434 
7,619 
(56,209)
— 
— 
10,922 
3,507 
(4,858)
(1,351)

Depreciation and amortization

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

66,664 
33,642 
30,005 
130,311 
30,119 
160,430 

$

$

78,296 
28,039 
29,489 
135,824 
27,992 
163,816 

Capital expenditures

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

34,757 
11,182 
38,840 
84,779 
18,099 
102,878 

$

$

51,430 
23,363 
33,364 
108,157 
16,683 
124,840 

$

$

$

$

79,128 
27,243 
29,950 
136,321 
26,538 
162,859 

2021

89,488 
36,628 
26,028 
152,144 
31,898 
184,042 

$

$

$

$

$

$

52

 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
SendTech Solutions
Total for reportable segments
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments
Long-term investments
Other corporate assets

Consolidated assets

Identifiable long-lived assets:
United States
Outside United States

Total

Assets

December 31,

2022

996,297 
510,345 
2,023,020 
3,529,662 
669,981 
11,172 
259,977 
270,563 
4,741,355 

730,347 
13,941 
744,288 

$

$

$

$

2023

597,073 
500,757 
2,054,889 
3,152,719 
601,053 
22,166 
250,240 
246,007 
4,272,185 

703,484 
13,685 
717,169 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2021
1,032,434 
479,392 
2,013,361 
3,525,187 
732,480 
14,440 
333,052 
353,712 
4,958,871 

658,070 
14,294 
672,364 

53

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

4. Earnings per Share (EPS)

The  calculations  of  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  are  presented  below.  The  sum  of  earnings  per  share  amounts  may  not  equal  the  totals  due  to
rounding.

Numerator:
(Loss) income from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders (numerator for EPS)
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares used in basic EPS
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents 

(1)

Weighted-average shares used in diluted EPS
Basic (loss) earnings per share:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net (loss) income

Diluted (loss) earnings per share:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net (loss) income

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$

$

$

$

$

$

(385,627) $

— 

(385,627) $

36,940  $
— 
36,940  $

175,640 
— 
175,640 

173,912 
3,340 
177,252 

(2.20) $
— 
(2.20) $

(2.20) $
— 
(2.20) $

0.21  $
— 
0.21  $

0.21  $
— 
0.21  $

3,507 
(4,858)
(1,351)

173,914 
5,191 
179,105 

0.02 
(0.03)
(0.01)

0.02 
(0.03)
(0.01)

Common stock equivalents excluded from calculation of diluted earnings per share because
their impact would be anti-dilutive:

9,421 

10,234 

6,514 

(1)

 Due to the net loss from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, an additional 4.0 million of common stock equivalents were also

excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

5. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:

Raw materials
Supplies and service parts
Finished products

Total inventory, net

December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

21,201 
25,522 
23,330 
70,053 

$

$

25,539 
27,573 
30,608 
83,720 

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

6. Finance Assets and Lessor Operating Leases

Finance Assets

All  finance  receivables  are  in  our  SendTech  Solutions  segment.  We  segregate  our  finance  receivables  into  a  North  America  portfolio  and  International
portfolio. Finance receivables consisted of the following:

Sales-type lease receivables
Gross finance receivables
Unguaranteed residual values
Unearned income
Allowance for credit losses
Net investment in sales-type lease receivables
Loan receivables
Loan receivables
Allowance for credit losses
Net investment in loan receivables

Net investment in finance receivables

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

North America

International

Total

North America

International

Total

$

$

987,743  $
38,059 
(253,711)
(13,942)
758,149 

143,466  $
7,211 
(42,847)
(2,786)
105,044 

1,131,209  $
45,270 
(296,558)
(16,728)
863,193 

967,298  $
38,832 
(239,238)
(14,131)
752,761 

342,062 
(6,346)
335,716 
1,093,865  $

17,865 
(153)
17,712 
122,756  $

359,927 
(6,499)
353,428 
1,216,621  $

311,887 
(4,787)
307,100 
1,059,861  $

158,167  $
8,798 
(48,334)
(2,893)
115,738 

16,636 
(139)
16,497 
132,235  $

1,125,465 
47,630 
(287,572)
(17,024)
868,499 

328,523 
(4,926)
323,597 
1,192,096 

Maturities of finance receivables at December 31, 2023 were as follows:

2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter

Total

Sales-type Lease Receivables

North America

International

$

$

367,413 
277,861 
192,750 
110,336 
38,034 
1,349 
987,743 

$

$

58,142 
40,631 
25,379 
13,623 
4,809 
882 
143,466 

$

$

Total
425,555 
318,492 
218,129 
123,959 
42,843 
2,231 
1,131,209 

$

$

North America

International

Loan Receivables

254,964 
35,099 
25,818 
18,114 
6,438 
1,629 
342,062 

$

$

17,865 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
17,865 

$

$

Total
272,829 
35,099 
25,818 
18,114 
6,438 
1,629 
359,927 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Allowance for Credit Losses

Activity in the allowance for credit losses on finance receivables was as follows:

Balance at December 31, 2020
Amounts charged to expense
Write-offs
Recoveries
Other
Balance at December 31, 2021
Amounts charged to expense
Write-offs
Recoveries
Other
Balance at December 31, 2022
Amounts charged to expense
Write-offs
Recoveries
Other

Balance at December 31, 2023

Sales-type Lease Receivables

Loan Receivables

Allowance for Credit Losses

North
America

International

North
America

International

Total

$

$

22,917 
648 
(7,120)
3,097 
4 
19,546 
(2,476)
(6,043)
3,184 
(80)
14,131 
2,096 
(4,757)
2,454 
18 
13,942 

$

$

6,006 
(1,788)
(846)
173 
(299)
3,246 
712 
(791)
39 
(313)
2,893 
1,178 
(1,448)
181 
(18)
2,786 

$

$

6,484 
(426)
(6,045)
3,245 
1 
3,259 
3,992 
(4,903)
2,447 
(8)
4,787 
4,847 
(5,182)
1,893 
1 
6,346 

$

$

462 
19 
(302)
3 
(15)
167 
288 
(295)
1 
(22)
139 
389 
(391)
— 
16 
153 

$

$

35,869 
(1,547)
(14,313)
6,518 
(309)
26,218 
2,516 
(12,032)
5,671 
(423)
21,950 
8,510 
(11,778)
4,528 
17 
23,227 

The table below shows write-offs of gross finance receivables by year of origination.

Sales Type Lease Receivables

December 31, 2023

Write-offs

$

883 

$

1,680 

$

1,551 

$

1,079 

$

619 

$

393 

$

5,573 

$

11,778 

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

Prior

Loan
Receivables

Total

Aging of Receivables

The aging of gross finance receivables was as follows:

Past due amounts 0 - 90 days
Past due amounts > 90 days

Total

Past due amounts 0 - 90 days
Past due amounts > 90 days

Total

Sales-type Lease Receivables

Loan Receivables

North
America

International

North
America

International

December 31, 2023

977,744 
9,999 
987,743 

$

$

140,857 
2,609 
143,466 

Sales-type Lease Receivables

North
America

959,203 
8,095 
967,298 

$

$

International

155,596 
2,571 
158,167 

$

$

$

$

339,789 
2,273 
342,062 

$

$

17,664 
201 
17,865 

December 31, 2022

Loan Receivables

North
America

International

308,872 
3,015 
311,887 

$

$

16,503 
133 
16,636 

$

$

$

$

Total
1,476,054 
15,082 
1,491,136 

Total
1,440,174 
13,814 
1,453,988 

$

$

$

$

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Credit Quality

The extension of credit and management of credit lines to new and existing clients uses a combination of a client's credit score, where available, a detailed
manual review of their financial condition and payment history or an automated process. Once credit is granted, the payment performance of the client is
managed  through  automated  collections  processes  and  is  supplemented  with  direct  follow  up  should  an  account  become  delinquent.  We  have  robust
automated collections and extensive portfolio management processes to ensure that our global strategy is executed, collection resources are allocated and
enhanced tools and processes are implemented as needed.

Over 85% of our finance receivables are within our North American portfolio. We use a third party to score the majority of this portfolio on a quarterly
basis using a proprietary credit score. The relative scores are determined based on a number of factors, including financial information, payment history,
company type and ownership structure. We stratify the credit scores of our clients into low, medium and high-risk accounts. Due to timing and other issues,
our entire portfolio may not be scored at period end. We report these amounts as "Not Scored"; however, absence of a score is not indicative of the credit
quality of the account. The credit score is used to predict client payment behaviors and the probability that an account will become greater than 90 days
past due during the subsequent 12-month period.

•

Low risk accounts are companies with very good credit scores and a predicted delinquency rate of less than 5%.

• Medium risk accounts are companies with average to good credit scores and a predicted delinquency rate between 5% and 10%.

• High risk accounts are companies with poor credit scores, are delinquent or are at risk of becoming delinquent. The predicted delinquency rate would

be greater than 10%.

We do not use a third party to score our International portfolio because the cost to do so is prohibitive as there is no single credit score model that covers all
countries. Accordingly, the entire International portfolio is reported in the Not Scored category. This portfolio comprises less than 15% of total finance
receivables. Most of the International credit applications are small dollar applications (i.e. below $50 thousand) and are subjected to an automated review
process.  Larger  credit  applications  are  manually  reviewed,  which  includes  obtaining  client  financial  information,  credit  reports  and  other  available
information.

The table below shows gross finance receivables by relative risk class and year of origination based on the relative scores of the accounts within each class
as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

2023
261,583 
46,208 
4,455 
59,335 
371,581 

2022
286,297 
53,419 
6,492 
71,435 
417,643 

$

$

$

$

2022
222,947 
35,891 
4,217 
49,839 
312,894 

2021
206,511 
40,669 
3,840 
53,831 
304,851 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Sales Type Lease Receivables

2021
155,193 
24,483 
2,554 
33,494 
215,724 

$

$

2020

96,986 
16,027 
1,853 
15,944 
130,810 

Sales Type Lease Receivables

2020
140,800 
27,013 
3,119 
29,957 
200,889 

$

$

2019

95,485 
19,668 
1,942 
19,232 
136,327 

2019

Prior

46,635 
10,503 
740 
5,089 
62,967 

2018

34,721 
6,751 
750 
5,889 
48,111 

$

$

$

$

27,164 
8,041 
862 
1,166 
37,233 

Prior

12,674 
3,441 
508 
1,021 
17,644 

$

$

$

$

Loan
Receivables

264,232 
62,910 
7,487 
25,298 
359,927 

Loan
Receivables

239,635 
56,048 
6,800 
26,040 
328,523 

$

$

$

$

Total
1,074,740 
204,063 
22,168 
190,165 
1,491,136 

Total
1,016,123 
207,009 
23,451 
207,405 
1,453,988 

$

$

$

$

Low
Medium
High
Not Scored

Total

Low
Medium
High
Not Scored

Total

Lease Income

Lease income from sales-type leases, excluding variable lease payments, was as follows:

Profit recognized at commencement
Interest income

Total lease income from sales-type leases

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$

$

120,011 
154,998 
275,009 

$

$

134,717 
163,485 
298,202 

$

$

127,469 
186,532 
314,001 

57

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Lessor Operating Leases

We also lease mailing equipment under operating leases with terms of one to five years. Maturities of these operating leases are as follows:

2024
2025
2026
2027
2028

Total

7. Fixed Assets

Fixed assets consisted of the following:

Machinery and equipment
Capitalized software
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, net

Rental property and equipment
Accumulated depreciation

Rental property and equipment, net

$

$

20,627 
19,939 
15,827 
4,573 
2,153 
63,119 

December 31,

2023

669,122 
569,525 
131,786 
1,370,433 
(986,805)
383,628 

76,719 
(53,136)
23,583 

$

$

$

$

2022

673,898 
516,816 
127,357 
1,318,071 
(897,399)
420,672 

111,188 
(83,701)
27,487 

$

$

$

$

Depreciation expense was $145 million, $140 million and $132 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

8. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

Customer relationships
Software & technology

Total intangible assets, net

Gross
Carrying
Amount

December 31, 2023

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

Gross
Carrying
Amount

December 31, 2022

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

$

$

155,712  $
3,047 
158,759  $

(95,409) $
(1,100)
(96,509) $

60,303  $
1,947 
62,250  $

155,715  $
22,000 
177,715  $

(80,188) $
(19,583)
(99,771) $

75,527 
2,417 
77,944 

Amortization expense was $16 million, $24 million and $30 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Future amortization expense for intangible assets at December 31, 2023 is as follows:

2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter

Total

$

$

15,731 
15,527 
14,538 
11,481 
2,438 
2,535 
62,250 

Actual amortization expense may differ from the amounts above due to, among other things, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, acquisitions,
divestitures and impairment charges.

Goodwill

The performance of our Global Ecommerce reporting unit, continuing changes in macroeconomic conditions and our long-term outlook for this business
were triggering events that caused us to evaluate the Global Ecommerce goodwill for impairment during the second and fourth quarters. To assess Global
Ecommerce goodwill for impairment, we determined the fair value of the reporting unit and compared it to the unit's carrying value, including goodwill.
We engaged a third party to assist in the determination of the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair value was estimated using a discounted cash flow
model  based  on  management  developed  cash  flow  projections,  which  included  judgements  and  assumptions  related  to  revenue  growth  rates,  operating
margins,  operating  income,  and  a  discount  rate.  The  estimates  and  assumptions  are  considered  Level  3  inputs  under  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  Our
assessments indicated that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit was less than its carrying value and recorded non-cash, pre-tax goodwill impairment
charges in the second and fourth quarters of 2023 of $119 million and $220 million, respectively.

The results of our annual impairment test as of the beginning of the fourth quarter for our other reporting units indicated that no impairment existed.

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reporting segment are shown in the tables below.

Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
SendTech Solutions

Total goodwill

Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
SendTech Solutions

Total goodwill

Goodwill before
accumulated
impairment

$

$

537,353 
223,763 
504,004 
1,265,120 

$

$

Accumulated
impairment

(198,169)
— 
— 
(198,169)

December 31, 2022
339,184 
$
223,763 
504,004 
1,066,951 

$

$

$

Impairment

FX Impact

(339,184) $

— 
— 

(339,184) $

— 
— 
6,642 
6,642 

December 31, 2023
— 
$
223,763 
510,646 
734,409 

$

December 31, 2021 Acquisitions/(dispositions)
$
$

395,062 
220,992 
519,049 
1,135,103 

$

$

(55,878) $
2,771 
— 
(53,107) $

FX Impact

— 
— 
(15,045)
(15,045)

December 31, 2022
339,184 
$
223,763 
504,004 
1,066,951 

$

Goodwill before
accumulated
impairment

Accumulated
impairment

$

$

593,231 
220,992 
519,049 
1,333,272 

$

$

(198,169)
— 
— 
(198,169)

59

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

9. Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments

We measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective
of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. An entity is required to classify certain assets and liabilities measured at fair value based on
the following fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:

Level 1 –     Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2 –     Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets

or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 –     Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, may be derived from internally developed methodologies based on

management's best estimate of fair value and that are significant to the fair value of the asset or liability.

Financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  classified  in  their  entirety  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement.  Our
assessment  of  the  significance  of  a  particular  input  to  the  fair  value  measurement  requires  judgment  and  may  affect  its  placement  within  the  fair  value
hierarchy. The following tables show, by level within the fair value hierarchy, our financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value on a
recurring basis.

Assets:

Investment securities

Money market funds
Equity securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

Derivatives

Interest rate swaps

Total assets

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2023

13,366  $
— 
1,581 
11,489 
— 
— 

— 
26,436  $

188,484  $
15,341 
5,741 
18,999 
54,330 
119,901 

8,425 
411,221  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
—  $

201,850 
15,341 
7,322 
30,488 
54,330 
119,901 

8,425 
437,657 

$

$

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Assets:

Investment securities

Money market funds
Equity securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

Derivatives

Interest rate swap
Foreign exchange contracts

Total assets
Liabilities:

Derivatives

Foreign exchange contracts

Total liabilities

Investment Securities

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2022

$

$

$
$

29,087  $
— 
1,520 
10,253 
— 
— 

— 
— 
40,860  $

238,536  $
13,233 
6,526 
18,796 
52,319 
126,882 

15,283 
479 
472,054  $

—  $
—  $

(1,472) $
(1,472) $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
—  $

—  $
—  $

267,623 
13,233 
8,046 
29,049 
52,319 
126,882 

15,283 
479 
512,914 

(1,472)
(1,472)

The valuation of investment securities is based on a market approach using inputs that are observable, or can be corroborated by observable data, in an
active marketplace. The following information relates to our classification within the fair value hierarchy:

• Money Market Funds: Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other highly liquid,
low risk securities. Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits and are classified as Level 1 when unadjusted quoted prices in
active markets are available and as Level 2 when they are not actively traded on an exchange.

•

•

Equity Securities: Equity securities are comprised of mutual funds investing in U.S. and foreign stocks. These mutual funds are classified as Level 2.

Commingled Fixed Income Securities:  Commingled  fixed  income  securities  are  comprised  of  mutual  funds  that  invest  in  a  variety  of  fixed  income
securities, including securities of the U.S. government and its agencies, corporate debt, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities. Fair
value is based on the value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding, as
reported by the fund manager. These mutual funds are classified as Level 1 when unadjusted quoted prices in active markets are available and as Level
2 when they are not actively traded on an exchange.

• Government  and  Related  Securities:  Debt  securities  are  classified  as  Level  1  when  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  are  available.  Debt
securities are classified as Level 2 where fair value is determined using quoted market prices for similar securities or benchmarking model derived
prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities.

•

Corporate  Debt  Securities:  Corporate  debt  securities  are  valued  using  recently  executed  comparable  transactions,  market  price  quotations  or  bond
spreads for the same maturity as the security. These securities are classified as Level 2.

• Mortgage-Backed Securities / Asset-Backed Securities: These securities are valued based on external pricing indices or on external price/spread data.

These securities are classified as Level 2.

Derivative Securities

•

•

Foreign Exchange Contracts: The valuation of foreign exchange derivatives is based on a market approach using observable market inputs, such as
foreign currency spot and forward rates and yield curves. These securities are classified as Level 2.

Interest Rate Swaps: The valuation of interest rate swaps is based on an income approach using inputs that are observable or that can be derived from,
or corroborated by, observable market data. These securities are classified as Level 2.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Available-For-Sale Securities

Available-for-sale securities consisted of the following:

Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

Total

Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

Total

Investment securities in a loss position were as follows:

Greater than 12 continuous months
Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

Total

Less than 12 continuous months
Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

Amortized cost

December 31, 2023

Gross unrealized
losses

Estimated fair
value

35,048 
65,008 
1,788 
146,022 
247,866 

$

$

(7,018)
(10,678)
(207)
(26,121)
(44,024)

$

$

28,030 
54,330 
1,581 
119,901 
203,842 

December 31, 2022

Gross unrealized
gains

Gross unrealized
losses

11 
— 
— 
— 
11 

(8,210)
(13,981)
(229)
(29,470)
(51,890)

Estimated fair value
27,545 
$
52,319 
1,520 
126,882 
208,266 

$

$

$

$

$

Amortized cost

35,744 
66,300 
1,749 
156,352 
260,145 

December 31, 2023

Fair Value

Gross unrealized
losses

28,030 
51,948 
119,901 
199,879 

— 
2,382 
1,581 
— 
3,963 

$

$

$

$

7,018 
10,466 
26,121 
43,605 

— 
212 
207 
— 
419 

December 31, 2022

Fair Value

Gross unrealized
losses

17,063 
48,812 
114,839 
180,714 

10,061 
3,508 
1,520 
12,042 
27,131 

$

$

$

$

2,753 
13,749 
28,040 
44,542 

5,457 
232 
229 
1,430 
7,348 

$

$

$

$

$

$

At December 31, 2023, all securities in the investment portfolio were in a loss position. However, no impairment loss has been recognized as we have the
ability and intent to hold these securities until recovery of the unrealized losses or expect to receive the stated principal and interest at maturity.

62

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

At December 31, 2023, scheduled maturities of available-for-sale securities were as follows:

Within 1 year
After 1 year through 5 years
After 5 years through 10 years
After 10 years

Total

Amortized cost

Estimated fair
value

$

$

2,594 
15,103 
70,702 
159,467 
247,866 

$

$

2,382 
14,029 
60,099 
127,332 
203,842 

The actual maturities may not coincide with scheduled maturities as certain securities contain early redemption features and/or allow for the prepayment of
obligations with or without penalty.

Held-to-Maturity Securities

Held-to-maturity  securities  at  December  31,  2023  and  2022  totaled  $265  million  and  $22  million,  respectively.  Held-to-maturity  securities  include
certificates of deposits with maturities less than 90 days and highly-liquid government securities with maturities less than two years.

Derivative Instruments

Foreign Exchange Contracts

We  may  enter  into  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  mitigate  the  currency  risk  associated  with  anticipated  inventory  purchases  between  affiliates  and  from
third parties. These contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on cash flow hedges is included in AOCL in the
period  that  the  change  in  fair  value  occurs  and  is  reclassified  to  earnings  in  the  period  that  the  hedged  item  is  recorded  in  earnings.  No  amount  of
ineffectiveness  was  recorded  in  earnings  for  these  designated  cash  flow  hedges.  There  were  no  outstanding  contracts  associated  with  these  anticipated
transactions  at  December  31,  2023.  At  December  31,  2022,  outstanding  contracts  associated  with  these  anticipated  transactions  had  a  notional  value  of
$1 million.

Interest Rate Swaps

We enter into interest rate swaps to manage the cost of our variable rate debt. At December 31, 2023, we had outstanding interest rate swaps that effectively
convert $200 million of our variable rate debt to fixed rates. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges. The fair value of the interest rate swaps is
recorded as a derivative asset or liability at the end of each reporting period with the change in fair value reflected in AOCL.

The fair value of our derivative instruments was as follows:

Designation of Derivatives

Balance Sheet Location

2023

2022

December 31,

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate swaps

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
Foreign exchange contracts

Other current assets and prepayments
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Other current assets and prepayments
Other assets

Other current assets and prepayments
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Total derivative assets
Total derivative liabilities

Total net derivative asset

$

$

$

— 
— 
8,425 
— 

— 
— 

8,425 
— 
8,425 

$

15 
(23)
— 
15,283 

464 
(1,449)

15,762 
(1,472)
14,290 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following represents the results of cash flow hedging relationships:

Derivative Gain (Loss)
Recognized in AOCI
(Effective Portion)

Derivative Instrument

2023

2022

Foreign exchange contracts
Interest rate swaps

$

$

(25)
(6,858)
(6,883)

$

$

159 
12,180 
12,339 

Years Ended December 31,

Location of Gain (Loss)
(Effective Portion)
Cost of sales
Interest expense

Gain (Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI to Earnings
(Effective Portion)

2023

2022

$

$

(33)
9,708 
9,675 

$

$

178 
549 
727 

Non-designated derivative instruments

We have a number of short-term interest-bearing intercompany loans denominated in a foreign currency. The revaluation of these intercompany loans is
recorded  in  earnings.  Historically,  we  entered  into  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  minimize  the  impact  on  earnings  from  the  revaluation  of  these
intercompany  loans.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2023,  management  decided  to  no  longer  use  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  hedge  the  revaluation  of  these
intercompany loans.

The following represents the mark-to-market adjustment on our non-designated derivative instruments:

Derivatives Instrument
Foreign exchange contracts

Location of Derivative Gain (Loss)
Selling, general and administrative expense

Years Ended December 31,

Derivative Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Earnings

2023

2022

$

3,551 

$

(28,228)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, investment securities, accounts receivable, loan receivables, derivative instruments, accounts
payable  and  debt.  The  carrying  value  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  loans  receivable,  held-to-maturity  investment  securities  and
accounts payable approximate fair value. The fair value of available-for-sale investment securities and derivative instruments are presented above. The fair
value of our debt is estimated based on recently executed transactions and market price quotations. The inputs used to determine the fair value of our debt
were classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The carrying value and estimated fair value of our debt was as follows:

Carrying value
Fair value

December 31,

2023
2,146,032 
1,893,620 

$
$

2022
2,205,266 
1,856,878 

$
$

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Supplemental Financial Statement Information

Selected balance sheet information is as follows:

Other assets:
Long-term investments
Other

Total

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:
Accounts payable
Customer deposits
Employee related liabilities
Other

Total

Other noncurrent liabilities:
Pension liabilities
Postretirement medical benefits
Customer deposits
Other

Total

Activity in the allowance for credit losses on accounts receivable is presented below.

Balance at beginning of year
Amounts charged to expense
Write-offs, recoveries and other

Balance at end of period

Accounts and other receivables
Other assets

Total

Acquisitions/Divestitures

December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

$

$

$

$

250,240 
102,120 
352,360 

282,425 
213,315 
240,159 
139,577 
875,476 

98,784 
83,222 
83,995 
48,701 
314,702 

$

$

$

$

$

$

259,977 
120,442 
380,419 

315,351 
209,662 
216,273 
165,797 
907,083 

74,681 
87,745 
10,757 
54,546 
227,729 

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

5,864  $
8,177 
(7,902)
6,139  $

6,139  $
— 
6,139  $

29,179  $
6,421 
(29,736)

5,864  $

5,344  $
520 
5,864  $

35,344 
9,355 
(15,520)
29,179 

11,168 
18,011 
29,179 

$

$

$

$

In 2022, we sold Borderfree for proceeds of $95 million, net of cash transferred, and received additional proceeds of $7 million related to the 2021 sale of
Tacit, a U.K. based software consultancy business. In 2021, we received net proceeds of $28 million from the sale of Tacit and acquired CrescoData for
$15 million.

65

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Other (income) expense consisted of the following:

(Gain) loss on redemption/refinancing of debt
Insurance proceeds
Gain on sale of assets
Gain on sale of businesses, including transaction costs

Other (income) expense

Supplemental cash flow information is as follows:

Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable
Cash interest paid
Cash income tax payments, net of refunds

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

(3,064) $
— 
— 
— 
(3,064) $

4,993  $
— 
(14,372)
(12,239)
(21,618) $

56,209 
(3,000)
(1,434)
(10,201)
41,574 

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

4,764  $
164,046  $
22,626  $

5,213  $
134,247  $
14,553  $

5,305 
124,084 
4,337 

$

$

$
$
$

Other, net within cash flows from operating activities includes $14 million and $11 million of losses from the disposal of fixed assets for the years ended
December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

66

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

11. Restructuring Charges

In May 2023, we approved a worldwide restructuring plan (the 2023 Plan) designed to improve profitability and cash flow. This will be achieved through
the  elimination  of  850-950  positions  worldwide  in  part  through  further  centralization  and  standardization  of  processes,  including  the  expansion  of  our
shared  services  activities,  increased  automation,  and  the  consolidation  or  closure  of  select  facilities  in  North  America.  Total  charges  are  expected  to  be
$60 million-$70 million and we expect to substantially complete these actions by the end of the first half of 2024.

Activity in our restructuring reserves was as follows:

Balance at December 31, 2021
Amounts charged to expense
Cash payments
Noncash activity

Balance at December 31, 2022
Amounts charged to expense
Cash payments
Noncash activity

Balance at December 31, 2023

Components of restructuring expense were as follows:

Severance
Facilities and other

Total

2023 Plan

Prior Plan

Total

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
57,986 
(23,197)
(8,661)
26,128 

$

$

5,747 
18,715 
(15,406)
(1,409)
7,647 
3,599 
(11,246)
— 
— 

$

$

5,747 
18,715 
(15,406)
(1,409)
7,647 
61,585 
(34,443)
(8,661)
26,128 

$

$

Year Ended December 31, 2023

2023 Plan

Prior Plan

Total

Year Ended
December 31,
2022

Prior Plan

$

$

49,325 
8,661 
57,986 

$

$

3,057 
542 
3,599 

$

$

52,382 
9,203 
61,585 

$

$

14,750 
3,965 
18,715 

67

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

12. Debt

Notes due March 2024
Term loan due March 2026
Notes due March 2027
Notes due March 2028
Term loan due March 2028
Notes due March 2029
Notes due January 2037
Notes due March 2043
Other debt
Principal amount
Less: unamortized costs, net
Total debt
Less: current portion long-term debt

Long-term debt

Interest rate
4.625%
SOFR + 2.25%
6.875%
SOFR + 6.9%
SOFR + 4.0%
7.25%
5.25%
6.70%

December 31,

2023

— 
285,500 
380,000 
274,313 
437,625 
350,000 
35,841 
425,000 
1,181 
2,189,460 
43,428 
2,146,032 
58,931 
2,087,101 

$

2022
236,749 
351,500 
396,750 
— 
442,125 
350,000 
35,841 
425,000 
2,446 
2,240,411 
35,145 
2,205,266 
32,764 
2,172,502 

$

During 2023, we issued an aggregate $275 million of senior secured notes that mature in March 2028 (the March 2028 Notes). The March 2028 Notes bear
interest of SOFR plus 6.9%, payable quarterly and were issued with original issue discount of 3%. The net proceeds were used to redeem the March 2024
notes and repay $30 million of the term loan due March 2026. We also repurchased an aggregate $39 million of the March 2024 notes and March 2027
notes at a gain of $3 million and made scheduled term loan principal repayments of $42 million. At December 31, 2023, the interest rate on the term loan
due 2026 was 7.7%, the interest rate on the term loan due 2028 was 9.5% and the interest rate on the March 2028 notes was 12.2%.

The  credit  agreement  that  governs  our  $500  million  secured  revolving  credit  facility  and  the  term  loan  due  March  2026  contains  certain  financial
covenants. These covenants require us to maintain, on a quarterly basis, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, both of which
are defined and calculated in accordance with the credit agreement. The maximum leverage ratio decreases from 4.25x to 4.0x as of June 30, 2024 and the
minimum interest coverage ratio increases from 1.75x to 2.0x as of March 31, 2025. At December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with these financial
covenants. Additionally, management expects that we will remain in compliance with these financial covenants over the next twelve months. However,
events and circumstances could occur, some beyond our control, that could adversely impact our compliance with these covenants and require us to obtain
a waiver from our lenders, modify our existing covenants or refinance certain debt to cure the noncompliance. If we are unable to cure the noncompliance,
amounts  due  under  our  revolving  credit  facility  and  term  loan  due  March  2026  could  be  called  by  our  lenders.  At  December  31,  2023,  there  were  no
outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility. Borrowings under our secured debt are secured by assets of the company.

We have outstanding interest rate swaps that effectively convert $200 million of our variable rate debt to fixed rates. In January 2023, the reference rate of
the interest rate swaps was amended to align with the secured revolving credit facility. Under the terms of the interest rate swaps, we pay fixed-rate interest
of 0.585% and receive variable-rate interest based on one-month SOFR plus 0.1%. The variable interest rates under the term loans and the swaps reset
monthly.

The PB Bank (the Bank), a wholly owned subsidiary, is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Des Moines and has access to certain credit
products as a funding source known as "advances." As of December 31, 2023, there were no outstanding advances.

Annual maturities of outstanding principal at December 31, 2023 are as follows:

2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter

Total

$

$

58,931 
53,250 
196,250 
387,250 
682,938 
810,841 
2,189,460 

68

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Retirement Plans and Postretirement Medical Benefits

Retirement Plans

We provide retirement benefits to eligible employees in the U.S. and outside the U.S. under various defined benefit retirement plans. Benefit accruals under
most of our defined benefit plans have been frozen. The benefit obligations and funded status of defined benefit pension plans are as follows:

Accumulated benefit obligation

Projected benefit obligation
Benefit obligation - beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Net actuarial loss (gain)
Foreign currency changes
Settlements
Benefits paid

Benefit obligation - end of year

Fair value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets - beginning of year
Actual return on plan assets
Company contributions
Settlements
Foreign currency changes
Benefits paid

Fair value of plan assets - end of year

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Noncurrent asset
Current liability
Noncurrent liability

Funded status

United States

Foreign

2023
1,205,108 

1,205,183 
44 
63,533 
36,882 
— 
(2,892)
(97,610)
1,205,140 

1,161,361 
86,044 
6,587 
(2,892)
— 
(97,610)
1,153,490 

— 
(5,057)
(46,593)
(51,650)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2022
1,205,135 

1,609,508 
55 
44,348 
(349,261)
— 
(1,574)
(97,893)
1,205,183 

1,549,157 
(293,968)
5,639 
(1,574)
— 
(97,893)
1,161,361 

— 
(7,294)
(36,528)
(43,822)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2023

2022

488,531 

$

447,401 

451,337 
766 
21,238 
22,984 
19,854 
(213)
(23,199)
492,767 

438,403 
17,057 
16,034 
(213)
18,605 
(23,199)
466,687 

27,805 
(1,694)
(52,191)
(26,080)

$

$

$

$

$

$

770,468 
1,214 
13,568 
(242,488)
(68,519)
— 
(22,906)
451,337 

737,443 
(218,325)
8,731 
— 
(66,540)
(22,906)
438,403 

26,570 
(1,351)
(38,153)
(12,934)

Information provided in the table below is only for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:

Projected benefit obligation
Accumulated benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets

United States

2023
1,205,141 
1,205,108 
1,153,490 

$
$
$

2022
1,205,183 
1,205,135 
1,161,361 

$
$
$

Foreign

2023

2022

396,690 
392,586 
342,805 

$
$
$

38,238 
37,972 
— 

$
$
$

69

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Pretax amounts recognized in AOCI consist of:

Net actuarial loss
Prior service (credit) cost
Transition asset

Total

United States

Foreign

2023

2022

2023

2022

$

$

717,530 
(85)
— 
717,445 

$

$

698,815 
(105)
— 
698,710 

$

$

331,536 
7,266 
(7)
338,795 

$

$

297,753 
7,552 
(7)
305,298 

The components of net periodic benefit (income) cost for defined benefit pension plans were as follows:

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of prior service (credit) cost
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Settlements

Net periodic benefit (income) cost

2023

44  $

63,533 
(86,008)
(20)
17,362 
771 
(4,318) $

$

$

United States

2022

2021

2023

55  $

44,348 
(71,080)
(44)
33,164 
394 
6,837  $

102  $

42,434 
(77,119)
(60)
38,233 
551 
4,141  $

766  $

21,238 
(29,899)
286 
2,068 
(25)
(5,566) $

Foreign

2022

1,214  $

13,568 
(26,770)
252 
6,767 
— 
(4,969) $

2021

1,528 
11,811 
(31,869)
268 
9,350 
— 
(8,912)

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations for defined benefit pension plans recognized in other comprehensive income were as follows:

Net actuarial loss
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Amortization of prior service credit (cost)
Settlements

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

United States

Foreign

2023

2022

2023

2022

$

$

36,846 
(17,362)
20 
(771)
18,733 

$

$

15,788 
(33,164)
44 
(394)
(17,726)

$

$

35,826 
(2,068)
(286)
25 
33,497 

$

$

2,607 
(6,767)
(252)
— 
(4,412)

70

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Weighted-average  actuarial  assumptions  used  to  determine  year  end  benefit  obligations  and  net  periodic  benefit  cost  for  defined  benefit  pension  plans
include:

United States
Used to determine benefit obligations
     Discount rate
     Rate of compensation increase

Used to determine net periodic benefit cost
     Discount rate
     Expected return on plan assets
     Rate of compensation increase

Foreign
Used to determine benefit obligations
     Discount rate
     Rate of compensation increase

Used to determine net periodic benefit cost
     Discount rate
     Expected return on plan assets
     Rate of compensation increase

2023

5.15%
N/A

5.55%
6.50%
N/A

2022

5.55%
N/A

2.85%
5.10%
N/A

2021

2.85%
N/A

2.54%
5.60%
N/A

1.95 % - 4.60%
2.00 % - 3.50%

1.95 % - 5.10%
2.00 % - 3.00%

0.85 % - 2.85%
1.50 % - 3.65%

1.95 % - 5.10%
2.75 % - 5.26%
2.00 % - 3.60%

0.85 % - 2.85%
3.75 % - 5.75%
1.50 % - 2.50%

0.70 % - 2.40%
3.50 % - 5.75%
1.50 % - 2.50%

A  discount  rate  is  used  to  determine  the  present  value  of  our  future  benefit  obligations.  The  discount  rate  for  our  U.S.  pension  plans  is  determined  by
matching  the  expected  cash  flows  associated  with  our  benefit  obligations  to  a  pool  of  corporate  long-term,  high-quality  fixed  income  debt  instruments
available as of the measurement date. The discount rate for our largest foreign plan, the U.K. Qualified Pension Plan (the U.K. Plan), is determined using a
model that discounts each year's estimated benefit payments by an applicable spot rate derived from a yield curve created from a large number of high
quality corporate bonds. For our other smaller foreign pension plans, the discount rate is selected based on high-quality fixed income indices available in
the country in which the plan is domiciled.

The  expected  return  on  plan  assets  is  based  on  the  target  asset  allocation  for  the  applicable  pension  plan  and  expected  rates  of  return  for  various  asset
classes in the investment portfolio after analyzing historical experience, future expectations of returns and volatility of asset classes.

Investment Strategy and Asset Allocation

The investment strategy for our pension plans is to maximize returns within reasonable and prudent risk levels, achieve and maintain full funding of the
accumulated benefit obligation and the actuarial liabilities and earn the expected rate of return while adhering to regulations and restrictions.

Pension plan assets are invested in accordance with our strategic asset allocation policy. Pension plan assets are exposed to various risks, including interest
rate  risks,  market  risks  and  credit  risks.  Investments  are  diversified  across  asset  classes  and  within  each  class  to  reduce  the  risk  of  large  losses  and  are
periodically  rebalanced.  Derivatives,  such  as  swaps,  options,  forwards  and  futures  contracts  may  be  used  for  market  exposure,  to  alter  risk/return
characteristics and to manage foreign currency exposure. We do not have any significant concentrations of credit risk within the plan assets.

71

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

U.S. Pension Plans

Investment objectives and investment managers are reviewed periodically. Target and actual asset allocations for the U.S. pension plans were as follows:

Asset category

Equities
Multi-asset credit
Fixed income
Real estate
Private equity

Total

Foreign Pension Plans

Target allocation

Percent of Plan Assets at December 31,

2024

2023

2022

16 %
2 %
76 %
5 %
1 %
100 %

15 %
2 %
76 %
6 %
1 %
100 %

15 %
2 %
74 %
8 %
1 %
100 %

Our foreign pension plan assets are managed by outside investment managers and monitored regularly by local trustees and our corporate personnel. Target
and actual asset allocations for the U.K. Plan, which comprises 74% of the total foreign pension plan assets, were as follows:

Asset category

Global equities
Fixed income
Multi-asset credit
Real estate
Diversified growth
Cash

Total

Target Allocation

Percent of Plan Assets at December 31,

2024

2023

2022

10 %
70 %
10 %
10 %
— %
— %
100 %

8 %
69 %
8 %
13 %
— %
2 %
100 %

8 %
70 %
— %
13 %
8 %
1 %
100 %

72

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets

The following tables show the U.S. and foreign pension plans' assets, by level within the fair value hierarchy. The plan asset categories presented in the
following tables are subsets of the broader asset allocation categories.

United States Pension Plans

Money market funds
Equity securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Mortgage-backed /asset-backed securities
Real estate
Securities lending collateral

Total plan assets at fair value
Securities lending payable
Investments valued at NAV
Cash
Other

Fair value of plan assets

Money market funds
Equity securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Mortgage-backed /asset-backed securities
Real estate
Securities lending collateral

Total plan assets at fair value
Securities lending payable
Investments valued at NAV
Cash
Other

Fair value of plan assets

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2023

— 
— 
— 
170,540 
— 
— 
— 
— 
170,540 

$

$

13,842 
102,795 
220,041 
28,518 
545,615 
49,300 
— 
104,630 
1,064,741 

$

$

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
67,256 
— 
67,256 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

December 31, 2022

— 
— 
— 
114,084 
— 
— 
— 
— 
114,084 

$

$

10,623 
137,505 
220,281 
21,479 
527,407 
26,450 
— 
113,802 
1,057,547 

$

$

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
91,500 
— 
91,500 

$

$

$

$

$

$

13,842 
102,795 
220,041 
199,058 
545,615 
49,300 
67,256 
104,630 

1,302,537 
(104,630)
5,615 
1,240 
(51,272)
1,153,490 

Total

10,623 
137,505 
220,281 
135,563 
527,407 
26,450 
91,500 
113,802 

1,263,131 
(113,802)
10,416 
3,525 
(1,909)
1,161,361 

$

$

$

$

73

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Foreign Plans

Money market funds
Equity securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Real estate
Diversified growth funds

Total plan assets at fair value
Cash
Other

Fair value of plan assets

Money market funds
Equity securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Real estate
Diversified growth funds

Total plan assets at fair value
Cash
Other

Fair value of plan assets

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2023

$

$

$

$

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

$

$

5,997 
44,088 
295,105 
38,028 
28,389 
4,869 
— 
416,476 

$

$

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
43,205 
— 
43,205 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

December 31, 2022

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

$

$

8,338 
42,717 
247,337 
35,887 
26,336 
4,446 
— 
365,061 

$

$

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
42,980 
24,394 
67,374 

$

$

$

$

$

$

5,997 
44,088 
295,105 
38,028 
28,389 
48,074 
— 

459,681 
6,501 
505 
466,687 

Total

8,338 
42,717 
247,337 
35,887 
26,336 
47,426 
24,394 

432,435 
5,485 
483 
438,403 

The following information relates to our classification of investments into the fair value hierarchy:

• Money Market Funds: Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other highly liquid,
low risk securities. Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits and are classified as Level 1 when unadjusted quoted prices in
active markets are available and as Level 2 when they are not actively traded on an exchange.

•

•

Equity Securities: Equity securities are comprised of mutual funds and collective trust funds investing in U.S. and foreign stocks. These mutual funds
are classified as Level 2.

Commingled Fixed Income Securities:  Commingled  fixed  income  securities  are  comprised  of  mutual  funds  that  invest  in  a  variety  of  fixed  income
securities, including securities of the U.S. government and its agencies, corporate debt, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities. Fair
value is based on the value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding, as
reported by the fund manager. These mutual funds are classified as Level 1 when unadjusted quoted prices in active markets are available and as Level
2 when they are not actively traded on an exchange.

• Government and Related Securities: Debt securities are classified as Level 1 where active, high-volume trades for identical securities exist. Valuation
adjustments are not applied to these securities. Debt securities are classified as Level 2 where fair value is determined using quoted market prices for
similar securities or benchmarking model derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities.

74

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

•

Corporate  Debt  Securities:  Corporate  debt  securities  are  valued  using  recently  executed  comparable  transactions,  market  price  quotations  or  bond
spreads for the same maturity as the security. These securities are classified as Level 2.

• Mortgage-Backed Securities / Asset-Backed Securities: These securities are valued based on external pricing indices or on external price/spread data.

These securities are classified as Level 2.

•

Real Estate:  include  units  in  open-ended  commingled  real  estate  funds.  Funds  that  are  valued  and  traded  on  a  daily  basis  in  an  active  market  are
classified as Level 2. Investments that are valued on an annual basis by certified appraisers are classified as Level 3. The valuation techniques used to
value Level 3 investments include the cost approach, sales-comparison method and the income approach.

• Diversified Growth Funds: comprised of units in commingled diversified growth funds that comprise a mix of different asset classes. The underlying
investments  may  not  be  listed  on  an  exchange  in  an  active  market  or  traded  on  a  daily  basis  and  may  fall  into  all  three  fair  value  categories.
Accordingly, these securities are classified as Level 3.

•

Securities Lending Fund: represents a commingled fund through our custodian's securities lending program. The U.S. pension plan lends securities that
are held within the plan to other banks and/or brokers, and receives collateral, typically cash. This collateral is invested in a commingled fund that
invests in short-term fixed income securities. This investment is classified as Level 2. This amount invested in the fund is offset by a corresponding
liability reflected in the U.S. pension plan's net assets available for benefits.

Investments Valued at Net Asset Value

Represents  investments  in  private  equity  limited  partnerships  that  are  measured  at  fair  value  using  the  Net  Asset  Value  (NAV)  per  share  as  a  practical
expedient and are not categorized in the fair value hierarchy. There is no active market for these investments and the pension plan receives a proportionate
share of the gains, losses and expenses in accordance with the partnership agreements. There was a remaining unfunded commitment of $6 million at both
December 31, 2023 and 2022. These investments comprise approximately 1% of total U.S. Pension Fund assets at both December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Level 3 Gains and Losses

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets:

Balance at December 31, 2021

Realized gains
Unrealized gains (losses)
Net purchases, sales and settlements
Foreign currency and other
Balance at December 31, 2022

Realized gains
Unrealized losses
Net purchases, sales and settlements
Foreign currency and other

Balance at December 31, 2023

U.S. Plans

Real estate

Foreign Plans

Real estate

Diversified Growth
Funds

$

$

77,494 
1,058 
12,666 
282 
— 
91,500 
4,505 
(18,386)
(10,363)
— 
67,256 

$

$

52,491 
— 
(6,741)
1,729 
(4,499)
42,980 
— 
(3,951)
2,014 
2,162 
43,205 

$

$

52,169 
— 
(5,933)
(16,474)
(5,368)
24,394 
— 
(3,133)
(22,396)
1,135 
— 

75

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Postretirement Medical Benefits

We  provide  certain  employer  subsidized  health  care  and  employer  provided  life  insurance  benefits  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  to  eligible  retirees  and  their
dependents. The cost of these benefits is recognized over the period the employee provides credited service to the company. The benefit obligation and
funded status for postretirement medical benefit plans are as follows:

Benefit obligation
Benefit obligation - beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Net actuarial gain
Foreign currency changes
Benefits paid, net

Benefit obligation - end of year 

(1)

Fair value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets - beginning of year
Company contribution
Benefits paid, net

Fair value of plan assets - end of year

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Current liability
Noncurrent liability

Funded status

2023

2022

99,275 
367 
5,031 
(206)
214 
(11,194)
93,487 

— 
11,194 
(11,194)
— 

(10,265)
(83,222)
(93,487)

$

$

$

$

$

$

139,516 
731 
3,679 
(31,512)
(740)
(12,399)
99,275 

— 
12,399 
(12,399)
— 

(11,530)
(87,745)
(99,275)

$

$

$

$

$

$

(1)    Includes a benefit obligation for the U.S. postretirement plan of $84 million and $90 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Pretax amounts recognized in AOCL consist of:

Net actuarial gain

The components of net periodic benefit cost for postretirement medical benefit plans were as follows:

Service cost
Interest cost
Amortization of prior service cost
Amortization of net actuarial loss

Net periodic benefit cost

2023

367 
5,031 
— 
(2,249)
3,149 

$

$

$

$

$

Other changes in benefit obligation for postretirement medical benefit plans recognized in other comprehensive income were as follows:

Net actuarial gain
Amortization of net actuarial loss

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

2023

(206)
2,249 
2,043 

$

$

76

2023

2022

(14,360)

$

(16,405)

2022

2021

731 
3,679 
— 
68 
4,478 

$

$

$

$

909 
3,755 
129 
4,090 
8,883 

2022

(31,512)
(68)
(31,580)

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The weighted-average discount rates used to determine end of year benefit obligation and net periodic pension cost include:

Discount rate used to determine benefit obligation

U.S.
Canada

Discount rate used to determine net period benefit cost

U.S.
Canada

2023

2022

2021

5.20 %
4.60 %

5.60 %
5.15 %

5.60 %
5.15 %

2.80 %
2.90 %

2.80 %
2.90 %

2.35 %
2.50 %

The  discount  rate  for  our  U.S.  postretirement  medical  benefit  plan  is  determined  by  matching  the  expected  cash  flows  associated  with  our  benefit
obligations to a pool of corporate long-term, high-quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date. The discount rate for our
Canada postretirement medical benefit plan is determined by matching the expected cash flows associated with our benefit obligations to spot rates along a
yield curve developed based on yields of corporate long-term, high-quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date.

The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the U.S. plan was 6.75% for 2023 and
6.5%  for  2022.  The  assumed  health  care  trend  rate  is  6.25%  for  2024  and  will  gradually  decline  to  5.0%  by  the  year  2028  and  remain  at  that  level
thereafter. Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid.

2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter

Pension Benefits

Postretirement
Medical Benefits

$

$

123,016 
123,566 
121,323 
120,468 
120,025 
576,290 
1,184,688 

$

$

10,514 
10,065 
9,626 
9,130 
8,654 
36,181 
84,170 

During 2024, we do not anticipate making contributions to our U.S. pension plans and contributing approximately $6 million to our foreign pension plans.

Savings Plans

We  offer  a  voluntary  defined  contribution  401(k)  plan  to  our  U.S.  employees  designed  to  help  them  accumulate  additional  savings  for  retirement.  We
provide a core contribution to all employees, regardless of if they participate in the plan, and an additional contribution to participating employees based on
their eligible pay. Total employer contributions to the 401(k) plan were $28 million in both 2023 and 2022.

77

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

14. Income Taxes

(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes consisted of the following:

U.S.

International

Total

Years Ended December 31,

2023

(472,848)

66,346 
(406,502)

$

$

$

$

2022

2021

(39,294)

79,174 
39,880 

$

$

(85,258)

77,843 
(7,415)

The (benefit) provision for income taxes from continuing operations consisted of the following:

U.S. Federal:
Current
Deferred

U.S. State and Local:

Current
Deferred

International:
Current
Deferred

Total current
Total deferred

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

Effective tax rate

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

13,722 
(44,504)
(30,782)

5,641 
(12,189)
(6,548)

10,577 
5,878 
16,455 

29,940 
(50,815)
(20,875)

$

$

223 
(12,284)
(12,061)

(9,716)
7,137 
(2,579)

8,745 
8,835 
17,580 

(748)
3,688 
2,940 

$

$

(7,419)
(13,825)
(21,244)

5,401 
(5,827)
(426)

10,979 
(231)
10,748 

8,961 
(19,883)
(10,922)

$

$

5.1 %

7.4 %

147.3 %

The effective tax rate for 2023 includes a benefit of $3 million on the aggregate $339 million goodwill impairment charge as the majority of this charge is
nondeductible.

The effective tax rate for 2022 includes a tax benefit of $5 million on the pre-tax gain of $5 million from the Borderfree sale as the tax basis was higher
than book basis and a $1 million benefit associated with the 2019 sale of a business.

The effective tax rate for 2021 includes benefits of $7 million from the resolution of tax matters, $5 million due to tax legislation in the U.K., $3 million
from  an  affiliate  reorganization  and  $2  million  from  the  vesting  of  restricted  stock,  partially  offset  by  charges  of  $6  million  on  the  pre-tax  gain  of
$10 million from the sale of a business as the tax basis was lower than the book basis and $1 million for the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with
the expiration of out-of-the-money stock options.

78

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate and our provision for income taxes consist of the following:

(1)

Federal statutory provision
State and local income taxes 
Impact of foreign operations taxed at rates other than the U.S. statutory rate 
Accrual/release of uncertain tax amounts related to foreign operations
U.S. tax impacts of foreign income in the U.S. 
CARES Act carryback benefit
Tax credits
Unrealized stock compensation benefits
Goodwill impairment
Borderfree tax basis differences
Other, net

 (4)

(3)

(2)

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$

$

(85,366)
(5,173)
2,646 
(2,829)
1,099 
— 
(1,683)
574 
68,557 
— 
1,300 
(20,875)

$

$

8,375 
(1,612)
3,349 
(2,753)
1,089 
— 
(850)
572 
— 
(5,610)
380 
2,940 

$

$

(1,558)
(336)
(2,220)
(7,288)
4,441 
(2,270)
(500)
(505)
— 
— 
(686)
(10,922)

(1)    

(2)    

(3)    

Includes a benefit of $1 million related to tax resolutions and a benefit of $1 million for tax return true-ups for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Includes a charge of $2 million for a deferred rate change and a charge of $1 million for the establishment of a valuation allowance for the year ended
December 31, 2022 and a benefit of $5 million for a deferred rate change for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Includes a benefit of $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 associated with the sale of a business.

(4)

     Includes a $1 million charge associated with nondeductible officer compensation for the year ended December 31, 2023 and a $3 million benefit from

an affiliate reorganization and a charge of $3 million related to the sale of a business for the year ended December 31, 2021.

79

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Deferred tax liabilities and assets consisted of the following:

Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation
Deferred profit (for tax purposes) on sale to finance subsidiary
Lease revenue and related depreciation
Intangible assets
Operating lease liability
Basis adjustment in subsidiary
Other
Gross deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets:
Postretirement medical benefits
Pension
Operating lease asset
Long-term incentives
Net operating and capital losses
Tax credit carry forwards
Section 163j carryforward
Tax uncertainties gross-up
Other
Gross deferred tax assets
Less: Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets

Total deferred taxes, net

December 31,

2023

2022

(16,585)
(43,057)
(205,773)
(60,420)
(76,910)
(51,548)
(19,690)
(473,983)

23,472 
15,042 
83,696 
11,814 
182,482 
65,095 
47,802 
4,904 
48,537 
482,844 
(159,342)
323,502 
(150,481)

$

$

(51,717)
(26,765)
(216,282)
(65,916)
(73,403)
— 
(27,366)
(461,449)

24,892 
9,640 
78,765 
12,946 
130,640 
66,256 
23,917 
4,982 
50,345 
402,383 
(157,450)
244,933 
(216,516)

$

$

The valuation allowance relates primarily to certain foreign, state and local net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that will more-likely-than-not
expire unutilized.

We have a federal net operating loss carryforward of $3 million as of December 31, 2023, that have a 20 year carryforward period. We have net operating
loss carryforwards in international jurisdictions of $390 million as of December 31, 2023, of which $138 million can be carried forward indefinitely and the
remainder expire over the next 20 years. We also have net operating loss carryforwards in most states totaling $969 million that will expire over the next 20
years. In addition, we have tax credit carryforwards of $65 million, of which $52 million can be carried forward indefinitely and the remainder expire over
the next 10 years.

As of December 31, 2023, we assert that we are permanently reinvested in our pre-1987 and post-2017 undistributed earnings of $365 million as well as all
other outside basis differences. While a determination of the full liability that would be incurred if these earnings were repatriated is not practicable, we
have estimated the withholding taxes would be approximately $3 million.

80

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Uncertain Tax Positions

A reconciliation of the amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

Balance at beginning of year
Increases from prior period positions
Decreases from prior period positions
Increases from current period positions
Decreases relating to settlements with tax authorities
Reductions from lapse of applicable statute of limitations

Balance at end of year

2023

2022

2021

33,300 
343 
(524)
400 
(350)
(2,937)
30,232 

$

$

45,072 
6 
(6,830)
340 
(1,966)
(3,322)
33,300 

$

$

50,064 
3,016 
(4,247)
492 
(1,270)
(2,983)
45,072 

$

$

The amount of the unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 that would affect the effective tax rate if recognized was $26 million,
$29 million and $39 million, respectively.

On  a  regular  basis,  we  conclude  tax  return  examinations,  statutes  of  limitations  expire,  and  court  decisions  interpret  tax  law.  We  regularly  assess  tax
uncertainties in light of these developments. As a result, it is reasonably possible that the amount of our unrecognized tax benefits will decrease in the next
12 months, and we expect this change could be up to 15% of our unrecognized tax benefits. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax
positions in our provision for income taxes. Amounts included in our provision for income taxes related to interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions
for  each  of  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021  were  not  significant.  We  had  approximately  $4  million  and  $3  million  accrued  for  the
payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Other Tax Matters

With regard to U.S. Federal income tax, the Internal Revenue Service examination of our consolidated U.S. income tax returns for tax years prior to 2020
are closed to audit, except for review of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) Sec 965 transition tax. On a state and local level, returns for most jurisdictions
are closed through 2017. For our significant non-U.S. jurisdictions, Canada is closed to examination through 2018 except for a specific issue under current
exam, and France, Germany and the U.K. are closed through 2019, 2016, and 2021 respectively. We also have other less significant tax filings currently
subject to examination.

We  regularly  assess  the  likelihood  of  tax  adjustments  in  each  of  the  tax  jurisdictions  in  which  we  have  operations  and  account  for  the  related  financial
statement implications. We believe we have established tax reserves that are appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. However, determining the
appropriate level of tax reserves requires judgment regarding the uncertain application of tax law and the possibility of tax adjustments. Future changes in
tax reserve requirements could have a material positive or negative impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

15. Commitments and Contingencies

From  time  to  time,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  we  are  involved  in  litigation  pertaining  to,  among  other  things,  contractual  rights  under  vendor,
insurance or other contracts; intellectual property or patent rights; equipment, service, payment or other disputes with clients; or disputes with employees.
Some of these actions may be brought as a purported class action on behalf of a purported class of customers, employees, or others. Due to uncertainties
inherent in litigation, any actions could have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows; however, in management's
opinion, the final outcome of outstanding matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business.

81

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

16. Leased Assets and Liabilities

We  lease  real  estate  and  equipment  under  operating  and  finance  lease  agreements.  Our  leases  have  terms  of  up  to  15  years,  and  may  include  renewal
options. At lease commencement, a lease liability and corresponding right-of-use asset is recognized. Lease liabilities represent the present value of future
lease  payments  over  the  expected  lease  term,  including  options  to  extend  or  terminate  the  lease  when  it  is  reasonably  certain  those  options  will  be
exercised. Lease payments include all fixed payments and variable payments tied to an index, but exclude costs such as common area maintenance charges,
property taxes, insurance and mileage. The present value of the lease liability is determined using our incremental borrowing rate at lease commencement.
Information regarding operating and financing leases is as follows:

Leases

Balance Sheet Location

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Assets
Operating
Finance

Total leased assets

Liabilities
Operating

Finance

Total lease liabilities

Lease Cost
Operating lease expense
Finance lease expense

Amortization of leased assets
Interest on lease liabilities

Variable lease expense
Sublease income

Total expense

Operating lease assets
Property, plant and equipment, net

Current operating lease liabilities
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Other noncurrent liabilities

$

$

$

$

309,958  $
51,049 
361,007  $

60,069  $

277,981 
13,005 
40,530 
391,585  $

296,129 
54,063 
350,192 

52,576 
265,696 
11,690 
43,858 
373,820 

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

87,876  $

67,041  $

62,269 

13,043 
3,407 
28,018 
(466)
131,878  $

12,321 
3,323 
26,870 
(1,086)
108,469  $

9,191 
2,826 
33,924 
(1,761)
106,449 

$

$

Operating lease expense includes immaterial amounts related to leases with terms of 12 months or less.

Future Lease Payments
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total
Less: present value discount

Lease liability

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

Total

$

$

88,000  $
82,817 
72,006 
62,721 
53,899 
71,379 
430,822 
92,772 
338,050  $

16,341  $
14,634 
12,516 
10,376 
7,008 
2,005 
62,880 
9,345 
53,535  $

104,341 
97,451 
84,522 
73,097 
60,907 
73,384 
493,702 
102,117 
391,585 

Future lease payments exclude $17 million of payments for leases signed but not yet commenced at December 31, 2023.

82

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Lease Term and Discount Rate
Weighted-average remaining lease term

Operating leases
Finance leases

Weighted-average discount rate

Operating leases
Finance leases

Cash Flow Information
Operating cash outflows - operating leases
Operating cash outflows - finance leases
Financing cash outflows - finance leases

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new lease obligations

Operating leases
Finance leases

17. Stockholders' Equity

Retirement of Treasury Stock

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

5.6 years
4.4 years

9.5%
7.7%

6.4 years
5.1 years

8.2%
6.2%

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

84,024  $
3,407  $
12,154  $

65,012  $
3,323  $
11,091  $

59,748 
2,826 
7,707 

74,778  $
9,158  $

135,359  $
20,927  $

48,662 
30,840 

$
$
$

$
$

In December 2023, we retired 53 million shares of treasury stock and returned these shares to the status of unissued shares of common stock.
The following table summarizes the changes in shares of Common Stock outstanding and Treasury Stock:

Balance at December 31, 2020
Issuance of treasury stock
Balance at December 31, 2021

Repurchases of common stock
Issuance of treasury stock
Balance at December 31, 2022
Retirement of treasury stock
Issuance of treasury stock

Balance at December 31, 2023

Common Stock
Outstanding

Treasury Stock

171,975,188 
2,756,207 
174,731,395 
(2,750,000)
2,049,192 
174,030,587 
— 
2,335,246 
176,365,833 

151,362,724 
(2,756,207)
148,606,517 
2,750,000 
(2,049,192)
149,307,325 
(53,000,000)
(2,335,246)
93,972,079 

At December 31, 2023, 31,471,987 shares were reserved for issuance under our stock plans and dividend reinvestment program.

83

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

18. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss were as follows:

Cash flow hedges

Revenue
Cost of sales
Interest expense
Total before tax
Tax provision (benefit)

Net of tax

Available for sale securities

Financing revenue
Selling, general and administrative expense
Total before tax
Tax benefit

Net of tax

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans (b)

Prior service costs
Actuarial losses
Settlement
Total before tax
Tax benefit

Net of tax

Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCL (a)

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$

$

$

$

$

$

— 
(33)
9,708 
9,675 
2,419 
7,256 

(11)
— 
(11)
(3)
(8)

(266)
(17,181)
(746)
(18,193)
(4,461)
(13,732)

$

$

$

$

$

$

— 
178 
549 
727 
181 
546 

(9)
— 
(9)
(2)
(7)

(208)
(39,999)
(394)
(40,601)
(9,315)
(31,286)

$

$

$

$

$

$

289 
(117)
(366)
(194)
(49)
(145)

(6)
(7)
(13)
(2)
(11)

(337)
(51,673)
(551)
(52,561)
(12,755)
(39,806)

(a)     Amounts in parentheses indicate reductions to income and increases to other comprehensive income.

(b)     Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to other components of net pension and postretirement cost. These amounts are included in net periodic costs

for defined benefit pension plans and postretirement medical benefit plans (see Note 14 for additional details).

84

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, were as follows:

Balance at December 31, 2020

$

(1,411) $

402  $

(851,063) $

12,941  $

Cash flow hedges

Available-for-sale
securities

Pension and
postretirement benefit
plans

Foreign currency
adjustments

Other comprehensive income (loss) before

reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive loss

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance at December 31, 2021

Other comprehensive income (loss) before

reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive loss

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance at December 31, 2022

Other comprehensive (loss) income before

reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive loss

Net other comprehensive (loss) income

Balance at December 31, 2023

19. Stock-Based Compensation Plans

5,069 

145 
5,214 
3,803 

9,246 

(546)
8,700 
12,503 

1,715 

(6,662)

11 
(6,651)
(6,249)

(33,198)

7 
(33,191)
(39,440)

5,969 

54,618 

39,806 
94,424 
(756,639)

9,297 

31,286 
40,583 
(716,056)

(55,128)

(34,168)

— 
(34,168)
(21,227)

(71,344)

— 
(71,344)
(92,571)

25,279 

(7,256)
(5,541)
6,962  $

8 
5,977 
(33,463) $

$

13,732 
(41,396)
(757,452) $

— 
25,279 
(67,292) $

Total
(839,131)

18,857 

39,962 
58,819 
(780,312)

(85,999)

30,747 
(55,252)
(835,564)

(22,165)

6,484 
(15,681)
(851,245)

We may grant restricted stock units, non-qualified stock options and other stock awards to eligible employees. All stock-based awards are approved by the
Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. We settle stock awards with treasury shares. At December 31, 2023, there were 15,950,013
shares available for future grants.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units (RSUs) typically vest ratably over a three-year service period and entitle the holder to shares of common stock as the units vest. We
may  also  grant  RSUs  to  certain  employees  where  vesting  is  contingent  upon  the  achievement  of  certain  performance  targets.  RSUs  granted  in  2023
included 1,513,928 awards subject to a performance target. The following table summarizes information about RSUs:

Outstanding - beginning of the year

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Outstanding - end of the year

2023

Shares
7,197,755 
2,068,825 
(2,819,824)
(921,563)
5,525,193 

Weighted average
fair value

$

$

6.09 
4.19 
5.53 
5.63 
5.74 

2022

Shares
5,738,293 
5,280,429 
(2,221,027)
(1,599,940)
7,197,755 

$

$

Weighted average
fair value

6.95 
4.82 
6.10 
4.69 
6.09 

The fair value of RSUs is determined based on the stock price on the grant date less the present value of expected dividends. At December 31, 2023, there
was $4 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2 years. The
intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2023 was $24 million. The fair value of RSUs vested during 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $12 million,
$11 million and $22 million, respectively. During 2021, we granted 2,100,126 RSUs at a weighted average fair value of $8.36.

In 2023 and 2022, RSUs granted include 222,833 and 158,416, respectively, to non-employee directors. These RSUs vest one year from the grant date.

85

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Performance Stock Units

Performance  stock  units  (PSUs)  are  stock  awards  where  the  number  of  shares  ultimately  awarded  is  based  upon  the  attainment  of  certain  performance
targets and total shareholder return relative to peer companies. PSUs vest at the end of a three-year service period. Awards outstanding at December 31,
2023 represent awards that have been deferred and will be issued at a later date.

Outstanding - beginning of the year
Vested

Outstanding - end of the year

Stock Options

2023

Shares

Weighted average
fair value

811,620 
— 
811,620 

$

$

9.57 
— 
9.57 

2022

Shares
1,009,091 
(197,471)
811,620 

$

$

Weighted average
fair value

6.60 
6.73 
9.57 

Stock options are granted at an exercise price equal to or greater than the market price of our common stock on the grant date. Options vest ratably over
three  years  and  expire  ten  years  from  the  grant  date.  We  did  not  grant  any  options  in  2023  or  2022;  accordingly,  at  December  31,  2023,  unrecognized
compensation cost was not significant. The intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2023 was not significant.

The following table summarizes information about stock option activity:

Options outstanding - beginning of the year

Canceled
Expired

Options outstanding - end of the year

Options exercisable - end of the year

2023

2022

Shares
10,027,048 
(435,403)
(440,000)
9,151,645 

9,057,268 

Per share weighted
average exercise
prices

$

$

$

9.91 
7.91 
20.27 
9.50 

9.52 

Shares
11,120,069 
(93,021)
(1,000,000)
10,027,048 

8,912,286 

Per share weighted
average exercise
prices

$

$

$

10.65 
8.09 
18.29 
9.91 

10.42 

During 2021, 777,429 stock options were exercised at a weighted average fair value of $6.11.

The following table provides additional information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2023:

Range of per share exercise prices

$3.98 - $6.60
$8.55 - $8.76
$12.64 - $21.54

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Shares
4,250,995  $
744,908  $
4,155,742  $
9,151,645  $

Per share weighted-
average exercise price
5.05 
8.63 
14.21 
9.50 

Weighted-average
remaining contractual
life

5.5 years
6.7 years
3.0 years
4.5 years

Shares
4,250,995  $
650,531  $
4,155,742  $
9,057,268  $

Per share weighted-
average exercise price
5.05 
8.63 
14.21 
9.52 

Weighted-average
remaining contractual
life

5.5 years
6.7 years
3.0 years
4.5 years

The following table lists the weighted average assumptions used to calculate the fair value of stock options granted in 2021:

Expected dividend yield
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected life
Weighted-average fair value per option granted
Fair value of options granted

86

2.4 %
70.0 %
1.1 %
7 years
$4.53
$3,342

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)

We maintain a non-compensatory ESPP that enables substantially all U.S. and Canadian employees to purchase shares of our common stock at an offering
price of 95% of the average market price on the offering date. At no time will the exercise price be less than the lowest price permitted under Section 423
of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Employees  purchased  371,982  shares  and  381,229  shares  in  2023  and  2022,  respectively.  We  have  reserved  1,065,516
common shares for future purchase under the ESPP.

87

PITNEY BOWES INC.
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(Dollars in thousands)

Description

Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
2023
2022
2021

Balance at beginning
of year

Additions charged to
expense

Deductions

Balance at end of year

$
$
$

157,450 
121,778 
116,543 

$
$
$

9,826 
44,188 
7,490 

$
$
$

(7,934)
(8,516)
(2,255)

$
$
$

159,342 
157,450 
121,778 

88

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Exhibit 4

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  (“Pitney  Bowes”,  the  “Company”,  “we”,  “our”  or  “us”)  has  two  classes  of  securities  registered  under
Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”): our common stock, par value $1.00 per
share (the “Common Stock”) and our 6.70% Notes Due 2043 (the “notes”). When we refer to “Pitney Bowes”, the “Company”,
“we”,  “our”  and  “us”  in  this  exhibit,  we  mean  only  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.,  and  not  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  together  with  any  of  its
subsidiaries, unless the context indicates or requires otherwise.

DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK

The following summary description sets forth some of the general terms and provisions of the Common Stock. Because this is a
summary description, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more detailed description of
the  Common  Stock,  you  should  refer  to  the  provisions  of  our  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  (the  “certificate  of
incorporation”) and our by-laws, as amended and restated, each of which is an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K to
which this description is an exhibit.

General

Under the certificate of incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue up to 480,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par
value  of  $1.00  per  share,  600,000  shares  of  cumulative  preferred  stock  with  a  par  value  of  $50.00  per  share  (the  “preferred
stock”)  and  5,000,000  shares  of  preference  stock  without  a  par  value  (the  “preference  stock”).  The  shares  of  Common  Stock
currently outstanding are fully paid and nonassessable. As of January 31, 2024, there were 176,528,703 shares of Common Stock
outstanding and no shares of preferred stock or preference stock outstanding. The Board of Directors has the authority to make,
alter, amend or repeal the by-laws, subject to certain limitations set forth in the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws.

No Preemptive, Redemption or Conversion Rights

The Common Stock is not redeemable, is not subject to sinking fund provisions, does not have any conversion rights and is not
subject to call. Holders of shares of Common Stock have no preemptive rights to maintain their percentage of ownership in future
offerings or sales of stock of the Company.

Voting Rights

Holders of shares of Common Stock have one vote per share in all elections of directors and on all other matters submitted to a
vote of stockholders of the Company. Holders of shares of Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights.

Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors is not classified. Our by-laws establish that the size of the whole Board of Directors shall be not less than
3, with the exact number of directors to be fixed from time to time by a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors.

No Action by Stockholder Consent

The  certificate  of  incorporation  prohibits  action  that  is  required  or  permitted  to  be  taken  at  any  annual  or  special  meeting  of
stockholders of the Company from being taken by the written consent of stockholders without a meeting.

Power to Call Special Stockholder Meeting

Under  Delaware  law,  a  special  meeting  of  stockholders  may  be  called  by  our  Board  of  Directors  or  by  any  other  person
authorized to do so in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws. Pursuant to our by-laws, special meetings of the stockholders
may be called, for any purpose or purposes, only by the Board of Directors at any time pursuant to a resolution approved by the
majority of the Board of Directors.

Advance Notice Requirements

Our by-laws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates
for election as directors or other business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice
of stockholder proposals of these kinds must be timely given in writing to the Secretary of the Company before the meeting at
which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice of stockholder proposals generally must be delivered no later than
the 90th and no earlier than the 120th day before the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting. However, in the
event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or 60 days after such anniversary, notice must be delivered
no  earlier  than  the  120th  day  before  such  annual  meeting  and  no  later  than  the  latest  of  (i)  the  90th  day  before  such  annual
meeting or (ii) if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such
annual  meeting,  the  10th  day  following  the  day  on  which  public  announcement  is  first  made.  The  notice  must  contain  certain
information specified in the by-laws.

Dividend Rights

Subject to the preferences applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock or preference stock, the holders of Common
Stock  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends,  if  any,  when  and  as  declared,  from  time  to  time,  by  our  Board  of  Directors  out  of  the
assets legally available therefor.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Similar Rights

Subject  to  the  preferences  applicable  to  any  outstanding  shares  of  preferred  stock  or  preference  stock,  upon  the  dissolution,
liquidation or winding up of the Company, the remainder of the assets of the Company shall be distributed ratably among the
holders of the shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding.

    
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

The following summary description sets forth some of the general terms and provisions of the notes. Because this is a summary
description, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more detailed description of the notes,
you should refer to the provisions of the indenture dated as of February 14, 2005, as amended or supplemented from time to time
(the  “indenture”),  between  us  and  The  Bank  of  New  York  Mellon  (formerly  known  as  The  Bank  of  New  York),  as  successor
trustee to Citibank, N.A., as trustee (the “trustee”), which has been filed as an exhibit to our registration statement on Form S-3
(File No. 333-151753) filed with the SEC on June 18, 2008.

General

As of December 31, 2023, there was $425 million total principal amount of the notes outstanding. We may, without the consent
of the holders of the notes, issue additional senior debt securities having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity
date and other terms as the notes. Any such additional senior debt securities, together with the notes currently outstanding, will
constitute a single series of senior debt securities under the indenture.

The  notes  are  our  unsecured  senior  obligations  and  rank  equally  with  all  of  our  other  unsubordinated  debt.  The  notes  do  not
constitute obligations of our subsidiaries. Creditors of our subsidiaries are entitled to a claim on the assets of those subsidiaries
Consequently, in the event of a liquidation or reorganization of any subsidiary, creditors of the subsidiary are likely to be paid in
full  before  any  distribution  is  made  to  the  Company  and  holders  of  notes,  except  to  the  extent  that  the  Company  is  itself
recognized  as  a  creditor  of  such  subsidiary,  in  which  case  the  Company’s  claims  would  still  be  subordinate  to  any  security
interests in the assets of such subsidiary and any debt of such subsidiary senior to that held by the Company.

The notes will mature at 100% of their principal amount on March 7, 2043. However, we may redeem, or may be required to
repurchase, the notes prior to their maturity at a redemption or repurchase price described below under “Optional Redemption” or
“Change of Control Offer”, respectively. There is no sinking fund for the notes.

The notes have been issued only in minimum denominations of $25.00 or an integral multiple of $25.00 in excess thereof.

We will not pay any additional amounts to compensate any beneficial owner of notes for any United States tax withheld from
payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the notes.

The notes are subject to defeasance in the manner described under the heading “Defeasance” below.

Principal and interest is payable, and transfers of the notes may be registered, at the office or offices or agency we maintain for
such purposes, provided that payment of interest on the notes will be paid at such place by check mailed to the persons entitled
thereto at the addresses of such persons appearing on the security register. The notes have been issued as global debt securities.
For more information, please refer to “Book-Entry Delivery and Form” below. DTC will be the

    
depositary with respect to the notes. The notes have been issued as fully-registered securities in the name of Cede & Co., DTC’s
nominee.

Interest

The notes bear interest from the most recent interest payment date (as defined below) on which we paid or provided for interest
on the notes, at the rate of 6.70% per annum. We pay interest on each note quarterly in arrears on March 7, June 7, September 7
and December 7 of each year. We refer to each of these dates as an “interest payment date”. We pay interest on the notes on an
interest payment date to the person in whose name that note was registered at the close of business on the date that is 15 calendar
days immediately preceding an interest payment date, whether or not a business day, which we refer to herein as a “regular record
date”. Interest on the notes is paid on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

In the event that an interest payment date, stated maturity date or date of earlier redemption or repurchase, as the case may be, is
not a business day, we will pay interest on the next day that is a business day, with the same force and effect as if made on such
interest  payment  date,  stated  maturity  date  or  date  of  earlier  redemption  or  repurchase,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  without  any
interest or other payment with respect to the delay. For purposes of the notes, a “business day” is a day other than a Saturday, a
Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive
order to remain closed.

Optional Redemption

We may redeem the notes at our option, in whole or in part in $25.00 increments, at any time or from time to time on or after
March 7, 2018 at a redemption price equal to the sum of 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, on those notes to the redemption date; provided, however, that interest shall be payable on an interest
payment date that falls on or before the redemption date to holders of notes on the regular record date for such interest payment
date.

If  we  have  given  notice  as  provided  in  the  indenture  and  made  funds  available  for  the  redemption  of  any  notes  called  for
redemption on the redemption date referred to in that notice, those notes will cease to bear interest on that redemption date. We
will give written notice of any redemption of any notes to holders of the notes to be redeemed at their addresses, as shown in the
security register for the notes, at least 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. The notice of
redemption  will  specify,  among  other  items,  the  date  fixed  for  redemption,  the  redemption  price  and  the  aggregate  principal
amount of the notes to be redeemed.

If we choose to redeem less than all of the notes, we will notify the trustee at least 60 days before giving notice of redemption, or
such  shorter  period  as  is  satisfactory  to  the  trustee,  of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  notes  to  be  redeemed  and  the
applicable redemption date. The trustee will select, in such manner as it shall deem appropriate and fair, the notes to be redeemed
in part.

    
Change of Control Offer

If a change of control triggering event occurs, unless we have exercised our option to redeem the notes as described above under
“Optional Redemption”, we will be required to make an offer (the “change of control offer”) to each holder of notes to repurchase
all or any part (equal to a principal amount of $25.00 or an integral multiple of $25.00 in excess thereof) of that holder’s notes on
the terms set forth in the notes. In the change of control offer, we will be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount of the notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes to be repurchased to the date
of repurchase (the “change of control payment”), subject to the rights of holders of the notes on a regular record date to receive
interest due on the related interest payment date falling on or prior to the date of repurchase.

Within 30 days following any change of control triggering event or, at our option, prior to any change of control, but after public
announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the change of control, we will mail a notice to holders of the
notes,  with  a  copy  to  the  trustee,  describing  the  transaction  that  constitutes  or  may  constitute  the  change  of  control  triggering
event and offering to repurchase the notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no
later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “change of control payment date”). The notice, if mailed prior to the
date  of  consummation  of  the  change  of  control,  will  state  that  the  offer  to  purchase  is  conditioned  on  the  change  of  control
triggering  event  occurring  on  or  prior  to  the  change  of  control  payment  date.  In  the  event  that  such  offer  to  purchase  fails  to
satisfy  the  condition  in  the  preceding  sentence,  we  will  cause  another  notice  meeting  the  aforementioned  requirements  to  be
mailed to holders of the notes.

On the change of control payment date, we will, to the extent lawful:

•

accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly tendered pursuant to the change of control offer;

•    deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the change of control payment in respect of all notes or portions of notes

properly tendered; and

•    deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the

aggregate principal amount of notes or portions of notes being repurchased.

The paying agent will promptly transmit to each holder of properly tendered notes the change of control payment for the notes
being repurchased, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each holder a
new note equal in principal amount to any unrepurchased portion, if any, of any notes surrendered; provided, that each new note
will be in a principal amount of $25.00 or an integral multiple of $25.00 in excess thereof.

We will not be required to make a change of control offer upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event if a third
party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by us
and the third party repurchases all notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In addition, we will not repurchase
any notes if there has occurred and is continuing on the change of control

    
payment date an event of default under the indenture, other than a default in the payment of the change of control payment upon a
change of control triggering event.

Upon  the  occurrence  of  a  change  of  control  triggering  event,  we  may  not  have  sufficient  funds  to  repurchase  the  notes  in  the
amount of the change of control payment in cash at such time. In addition, our ability to repurchase the notes for cash may be
limited by law or the terms of other agreements relating to our indebtedness outstanding at the time. The failure to make such
repurchase would result in a default under the notes.

We  will  comply  with  the  requirements  of  Rule  14e-1  under  the  Exchange  Act,  and  any  other  securities  laws  and  regulations
thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a
change of control triggering event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the
change of control offer provisions of the notes, we will comply with those securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed
to have breached our obligations under the change of control offer provisions of the notes by virtue of any such conflict.

For purposes of the change of control offer provisions of the notes, the following terms will be applicable:

“Change  of  control”  means  the  occurrence  of  any  of  the  following:  (1)  the  consummation  of  any  transaction  (including,
without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3)
of the Exchange Act) (other than Pitney Bowes, any subsidiary or employee benefit plan of Pitney Bowes or employee benefit
plan of any subsidiary of Pitney Bowes) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange
Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting stock of Pitney Bowes or other voting stock into which the voting
stock  of  Pitney  Bowes  is  reclassified,  consolidated,  exchanged  or  changed,  measured  by  voting  power  rather  than  number  of
shares; (2) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in
one or more series of transactions approved by the board of directors of Pitney Bowes as part of a single plan, of 85% or more of
the  total  consolidated  assets  of  Pitney  Bowes  as  shown  on  Pitney  Bowes’s  most  recent  audited  balance  sheet,  to  one  or  more
“persons” (as that term is defined in the indenture) (other than Pitney Bowes or one of the subsidiaries of Pitney Bowes); or (3)
the  first  day  on  which  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  board  of  directors  of  Pitney  Bowes  are  not  continuing  directors.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a change of control if (1) Pitney Bowes becomes a
direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company and (2)(A) the direct or indirect holders of the voting stock of
such  holding  company  immediately  following  that  transaction  are  substantially  the  same  as  the  holders  of  the  voting  stock  of
Pitney Bowes immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction, no person or group (other than
a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50%
of the voting stock of such holding company.

“Change of control triggering event” means the occurrence of both a change of control and a rating event.

“Continuing directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the board of directors of Pitney Bowes who

(1) was a member of such board of directors on the date the notes

    
were issued or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to such board of directors with the approval of a majority of
the continuing directors who were members of such board of directors at the time of such nomination, election or appointment
(either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of Pitney Bowes in which such member was named as a nominee
for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

“Investment grade rating”  means  a  rating  equal  to  or  higher  than  Baa3  (or  the  equivalent)  by  Moody’s  and  BBB-  (or  the
equivalent)  by  S&P,  and  the  equivalent  investment  grade  credit  rating  from  any  additional  rating  agency  or  rating  agencies
selected by Pitney Bowes.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

“Rating agencies” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if either of Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the notes or fails
to make a rating of the notes publicly available, in each case for reasons outside of the control of Pitney Bowes, a “nationally
recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act selected by Pitney Bowes
(as certified by a resolution of the board of directors of Pitney Bowes) as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or both of
them, as the case may be.

“Rating  event”  means  the  rating  on  the  notes  is  lowered  by  each  of  the  rating  agencies  and  the  notes  are  rated  below  an
investment  grade  rating  by  each  of  the  rating  agencies  on  any  day  within  the  60-day  period  (which  60-day  period  will  be
extended  so  long  as  the  rating  of  the  notes  is  under  publicly  announced  consideration  for  a  possible  downgrade  by  any  of  the
rating agencies) after the earlier of (1) the occurrence of a change of control and (2) public notice of the occurrence of a change
of control or the intention of Pitney Bowes to effect a change of control; provided, however, that a rating event otherwise arising
by virtue of a particular reduction in rating will be deemed not to have occurred in respect of a particular change of control (and
thus will not be deemed a rating event for purposes of the definition of change of control triggering event) if the rating agencies
making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the
trustee  in  writing  at  Pitney  Bowes’s  or  its  request  that  the  reduction  was  the  result,  in  whole  or  in  part,  of  any  event  or
circumstance  consisting  of  or  arising  as  a  result  of,  or  in  respect  of,  the  applicable  change  of  control  (whether  or  not  the
applicable change of control has occurred at the time of the rating event).

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

“Voting stock” means, with respect to any specified “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) as
of any date, the capital stock of such person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors of
such person.

Certain Covenants

Set forth below are certain covenants applicable to the notes. You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this section
under “Certain Covenant Definitions”.

    
Limitation on Liens

So  long  as  any  of  the  notes  remain  outstanding,  we  will  not,  nor  will  we  permit  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,  issue,  assume,
guarantee  or  become  liable  for  any  Indebtedness  if  that  Indebtedness  is  secured  by  a  Mortgage  upon  any  Principal  Domestic
Manufacturing  Plant  or  upon  any  shares  of  stock  or  Indebtedness  of  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  without  in  any  such  case
effectively  providing  that  the  notes  will  be  secured  equally  and  ratably  with  (or  prior  to)  that  Indebtedness,  except  that  the
foregoing restrictions will not apply to:

•    Mortgages on property of any corporation existing at the time that corporation is acquired by us or a Restricted Subsidiary
(including by way of merger or consolidation) or at the time of a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all
of the properties of a corporation to us or a Restricted Subsidiary, as long as any such Mortgage is not extended to cover
any property previously owned by us or a Restricted Subsidiary;

•    Mortgages on property of a corporation existing at the time the corporation first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

•    Mortgages on any property existing on the date the notes are first issued under the indenture or when we acquired that

property;

•        Mortgages  securing  any  Indebtedness  that  a  wholly-owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  owes  to  us  or  another  wholly-owned

Restricted Subsidiary;

•    Mortgages that we enter into within specified time periods to finance the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction

of any property;

•    mechanics’ liens, tax liens, liens in favor of a governmental body to secure progress payments or the acquisition of real or
personal property from the governmental body, and other specified liens which were not incurred in connection with any
borrowing of money, as long as we are contesting those liens in good faith or those liens do not materially impair the use
of any Principal Domestic Manufacturing Plant;

•    Mortgages arising from any judgment, decree or order of a court in a pending proceeding;

•    any extension, renewal or replacement of any of the Mortgages described above, as long as the amount of Indebtedness

secured does not exceed the amount originally secured plus any fees incurred in connection with the refinancing.

Notwithstanding the above, we may issue, assume, guarantee or become liable for, and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to
issue,  assume,  guarantee  or  become  liable  for,  secured  Indebtedness  which  would  otherwise  be  subject  to  the  foregoing
restrictions,  provided  that  the  total  of  the  aggregate  amount  of  that  Indebtedness  then  outstanding,  excluding  secured
Indebtedness permitted under the foregoing exceptions, together with the aggregate amount of all Attributable Debt with respect
to sale and leaseback transactions, does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

Limitation on Sales and Leasebacks

We will not, nor will we permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any sale and leaseback arrangement involving a Principal
Domestic Manufacturing Plant which has a term of more than

    
three  years,  except  for  sale  and  leaseback  arrangements  between  us  and  a  wholly-owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  or  between
wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries, unless:

•        we  enter  into  the  sale  and  leaseback  transaction  within  180  days  after  the  Principal  Domestic  Manufacturing  Plant  is

acquired, constructed or placed into service by us;

•    the rent that we pay under the related lease is reimbursed under a contract between us or a Restricted Subsidiary and the

United States government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities;

•    the aggregate amount of all Attributable Debt with respect to sale and leaseback transactions plus all Indebtedness secured
by  Mortgages  on  Principal  Domestic  Manufacturing  Plants  or  upon  shares  of  stock  or  Indebtedness  of  any  Restricted
Subsidiary  (with  the  exception  of  secured  Indebtedness  which  is  excluded  as  described  under  “Limitation  on  Liens”
above) does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; or

•    we apply an amount equal to, in the case of a sale or transfer for cash, the lesser of the net proceeds of the sale or transfer
of the Principal Domestic Manufacturing Plant and the net book value, or, in the case of a sale or transfer otherwise than
for cash, the lesser of the fair market value of the Principal Domestic Manufacturing Plant and the net book value, within
180 days of the effective date of the sale and leaseback arrangement to the retirement of our or a Restricted Subsidiary’s
unsubordinated Indebtedness, which may include the notes. However, we cannot satisfy this test by retiring Indebtedness
that we were otherwise obligated to repay within the 180-day period.

Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets

We shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other corporation and shall not sell, lease or convey our assets as an entirety,
or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation if, as a result of that action, any of our assets would become subject to a
Mortgage, unless either:

•    that Mortgage could be created under the indenture without equally and ratably securing the notes; or

•    the notes will be secured equally and ratably with or prior to the Indebtedness secured by that Mortgage.

The indenture provides that we may consolidate with, sell, convey or lease all or substantially all of our assets to, or merge with
or into, any other corporation, if:

•    either we are the continuing corporation or the successor corporation is a domestic corporation and expressly assumes the
due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all the debt securities outstanding under
the indenture, including the notes, according to their tenor and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of
the covenants and conditions of the indenture to be performed or observed by us; and

•    immediately after such merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance or lease, we or such successor corporation, as the case may

be, is not in material default in the performance or observance of any such covenant or condition.

    
Certain Covenant Definitions

For purposes of the foregoing covenants applicable to the notes, the following terms will be applicable:

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback arrangement means, at the time of determination, the lesser of:

•    the sale price of the Principal Domestic Manufacturing Plant to be leased multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which
is the remaining portion of the base term of the lease and the denominator of which is the base term of the lease; and

•    the total rental payments under the lease discounted to present value using an interest factor determined in accordance with
generally accepted financial practice. However, if we cannot readily determine that interest factor, we will use an annual
rate  of  11%,  compounded  semi-annually.  We  will  also  exclude  from  rental  payments  any  amounts  paid  on  account  of
property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, water rates and other items which are not payments for property rights.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means as of any particular time, the aggregate amount of assets after deducting current
liabilities, goodwill, patents, copyrights, trademarks, and other intangibles, in each case as shown on our most recent consolidated
financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

“Consolidated Net Worth” means the sum of (1) the par value of our capital stock, (2) our capital in excess of par value and
(3) retained earnings, in each case as shown on our most recent consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

“Indebtedness” means any notes, bonds, debentures or other similar indebtedness for money borrowed.

“Mortgage” means a mortgage, security interest, pledge or lien.

“Principal Domestic Manufacturing Plant” means any manufacturing or processing plant or warehouse (other than any plant
or warehouse which, in the opinion of our board of directors, is not material to our total business), including land and fixtures,
which  is  owned  by  us  or  a  Subsidiary,  located  in  the  United  States  and  has  a  gross  book  value  (without  deduction  of  any
depreciation reserves) on the determination date of more than 1% of our Consolidated Net Worth.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of ours which

•    is organized under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

•    transacts all or a substantial part of its business in the United States; and

•    owns a Principal Domestic Manufacturing Plant.

However, “Restricted Subsidiary” does not include Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation or any other Subsidiary which

    
•    is primarily engaged in providing or obtaining financing for the sale or lease of products that we or our Subsidiaries sell or

lease or is otherwise primarily engaged in the business of a finance company; or

•        is  primarily  engaged  in  the  business  of  owning,  developing  or  leasing  real  property  other  than  a  Principal  Domestic

Manufacturing Plant.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation of which at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock is owned by us, or by us and

one or more Subsidiaries, or by one or more Subsidiaries.

Trustee, Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent and Registrar

The Bank of New York Mellon acts as trustee for the notes, which have been issued under the indenture. From time to time, we
and some of our subsidiaries maintain deposit accounts and conduct other banking transactions, including lending transactions,
with the trustee in the ordinary course of business.

Notices

Any notices required to be given to the holders of the notes will be given to DTC.

Governing Law

The indenture and the notes are governed by, and will be construed in accordance with, New York law.

Book-Entry Delivery and Form

The notes have been issued in the form of one or more global securities that were deposited upon issuance with the trustee as
custodian for DTC in New York, New York, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., DTC’s nominee.

Beneficial interests in the global securities are represented through book-entry accounts of financial institutions acting on behalf
of beneficial owners as direct or indirect participants in DTC. Investors hold their interests in the global securities through either
DTC  (in  the  United  States)  or  (in  Europe)  through  Clearstream  or  Euroclear.  Investors  may  hold  their  interests  in  the  global
securities  directly  if  they  are  participants  of  such  systems,  or  indirectly  through  organizations  that  are  participants  in  these
systems. Clearstream and Euroclear will hold interests on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in
Clearstream’s and Euroclear’s names on the books of their respective U.S. depositaries, which in turn will hold these interests in
customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC. Except as set forth below, the global securities
may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee.

Notes represented by a global security can be exchanged for definitive securities in registered form only if:

•    DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for that global security and we do not appoint a

successor depositary within 90 days after receiving that notice;

    
•    at any time DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered or in good standing under the Exchange Act or other applicable
law  and  we  do  not  appoint  a  successor  depositary  within  90  days  after  becoming  aware  that  DTC  has  ceased  to  be
registered or in good standing as a clearing agency; or

•        we  determine  that  that  global  security  will  be  exchangeable  for  definitive  securities  in  registered  form  and  notify  the

trustee of our decision.

A global security that can be exchanged as described in the preceding paragraph will be exchanged for definitive securities of the
same  series  and  terms  issued  in  authorized  denominations  in  registered  form  for  the  same  aggregate  principal  amount.  The
definitive securities will be registered in the names of the owners of the beneficial interests in the global security as directed by
DTC.

We will make principal, premium, if any, and interest payments on all notes represented by a global security to the paying agent
which in turn will make payment to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole holder of
the notes represented by a global security for all purposes under the indenture. Accordingly, we, the trustee and any paying agent
will have no responsibility or liability for:

•        any  aspect  of  DTC’s  records  relating  to,  or  payments  made  on  account  of,  beneficial  ownership  interests  in  a  note

represented by a global security;

•    any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and its participants or the relationship between those participants, and
the owners of beneficial interests in a global security held through those participants, or the maintenance, supervision or
review of any of DTC’s records relating to those beneficial ownership interests.

DTC  has  advised  us  that  its  practice  is  to  credit  participants’  accounts  on  each  payment  date  with  payments  in  amounts
proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of such global security as shown on DTC’s records
upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information. Payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in a
global security will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for customer
accounts  registered  in  “street  name”,  and  will  be  the  sole  responsibility  of  those  participants.  Book-entry  notes  may  be  more
difficult to pledge because of the lack of a physical note.

So  long  as  DTC  or  its  nominee  is  the  registered  owner  of  a  global  security,  DTC  or  its  nominee,  as  the  case  may  be,  will  be
considered the sole owner and holder of the notes represented by that global security for all purposes of the notes. Owners of
beneficial  interests  in  the  notes  will  not  be  entitled  to  have  notes  registered  in  their  names,  will  not  receive  or  be  entitled  to
receive  physical  delivery  of  the  notes  in  definitive  form  and  will  not  be  considered  owners  or  holders  of  notes  under  the
indenture. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in a global security must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if
that person is not a DTC participant, on the procedures of the participant through which that person owns its interest, to exercise
any rights of a holder of notes. The laws of some jurisdictions require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery
of  the  securities  in  certificated  form.  These  laws  may  impair  the  ability  to  transfer  beneficial  interests  in  a  global  security.
Beneficial owners may experience delays in

    
receiving payments on their notes since payments will initially be made to DTC and must then be transferred through the chain of
intermediaries to the beneficial owner’s account.

We  understand  that,  under  existing  industry  practices,  if  we  request  holders  to  take  any  action,  or  if  an  owner  of  a  beneficial
interest  in  a  global  security  desires  to  take  any  action  which  a  holder  is  entitled  to  take  under  the  indenture,  then  DTC  would
authorize the participants holding the relevant beneficial interests to take that action and those participants would authorize the
beneficial owners owning through such participants to take that action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial
owners owning through them.

Beneficial interests in a global security will be shown on, and transfers of those ownership interests will be effected only through,
records maintained by DTC and its participants for that global security. The conveyance of notices and other communications by
DTC  to  its  participants  and  by  its  participants  to  owners  of  beneficial  interests  in  the  notes  will  be  governed  by  arrangements
among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements in effect.

Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co. If less than all of the notes are being redeemed, DTC’s
practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each direct participant in such notes to be redeemed.

A  beneficial  owner  will  be  required  to  give  notice  of  any  option  to  elect  to  have  its  notes  repurchased  by  us,  through  its
participant,  to  the  trustee,  and  will  effect  delivery  of  those  notes  by  causing  the  direct  participant  to  transfer  the  participant’s
interest in the global security representing those notes, on DTC’s records, to the trustee. The requirement for physical delivery of
notes  in  connection  with  a  demand  for  repurchase  will  be  deemed  satisfied  when  the  ownership  rights  in  the  global  security
representing those notes are transferred by direct participants on DTC’s records.

Payments  in  respect  of  the  notes  will  be  made  to  Cede  &  Co.,  or  such  other  nominee  as  may  be  requested  by  an  authorized
representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit direct participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding
detail  information  from  an  issuer  or  agent,  on  the  payable  date  in  accordance  with  their  respective  holdings  shown  on  DTC’s
records. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is
the case with notes held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name” and will be the responsibility
of such participant and not of DTC, the agent, or the issuer, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect
from time to time. Payments to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC)
is the responsibility of the issuer or agent, disbursement of such payments to direct participants will be the responsibility of DTC,
and disbursement of such payments to the beneficial owners will be the responsibility of direct and indirect participants.

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that can be issued thereunder and provide that debt securities of any
series may be issued thereunder up to the aggregate principal amount that we may authorize from time to time. The indenture
does not limit the amount of other indebtedness or securities that we may issue.

The indenture requires the annual filing by the Company with the trustee of a certificate as to compliance with certain covenants
contained in the indenture.

    
We will comply with Section 14(e) under the Exchange Act, to the extent applicable, and any other tender offer rules under the
Exchange  Act  that  may  then  be  applicable,  in  connection  with  any  obligation  to  purchase  notes  at  the  option  of  the  holders
thereof.

Except  as  described  herein,  there  are  no  covenants  or  provisions  contained  in  the  indenture  that  may  afford  the  holders  of  the
notes protection in the event that we enter into a highly-leveraged transaction.

Events of Default

An Event of Default with respect to the debt securities of any series issued under the indenture, including the notes, is defined as:

•    default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of the debt securities of such series as and when the same

shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

•    default in the payment of all or any part of the principal of any of the debt securities of such series as and when the same

shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise;

•    default in the performance, or breach, of any other covenant or warranty contained in the debt securities of such series or
set forth in the indenture (other than a covenant or warranty included in the indenture solely for the benefit of one or more
series of debt securities other than such series) and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after due
notice by the trustee or by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding securities of such series; or

•    certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company.

The indenture provides that the trustee shall notify the holders of debt securities of each series of any continuing default known to
the trustee which has occurred with respect to such series within 90 days after the occurrence thereof. The indenture provides
that, notwithstanding the foregoing, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, or interest, if any, on any of
the debt securities of such series, the trustee may withhold such notice if the trustee in good faith determines that the withholding
of such notice is in the interests of the holders of debt securities of such series.

The  indenture  provides  that  if  an  Event  of  Default  with  respect  to  any  series  of  debt  securities  shall  have  occurred  and  be
continuing, either the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of debt securities of such series
then outstanding may declare the principal amount of all debt securities of such series to be due and payable immediately, but
upon certain conditions such declaration may be annulled. Any past defaults and the consequences thereof, except a default in the
payment  of  principal  of  or  interest,  if  any,  on  debt  securities  of  such  series,  may  be  waived  by  the  holders  of  a  majority  in
principal amount of the debt securities of such series then outstanding.

Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  indenture  relating  to  the  duties  of  the  trustee,  in  case  an  Event  of  Default  with  respect  to  any
series of debt securities shall occur and be continuing, the trustee shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the trusts or
powers vested in it by the

    
indentures at the request or direction of any of the holders of such series, unless such holders shall have offered to such trustee
reasonable security or indemnity. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the debt securities of each series
affected  and  then  outstanding  shall  have  the  right,  subject  to  certain  limitations,  to  direct  the  time,  method  and  place  of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee under the indenture or exercising any trust or power conferred
on the trustee with respect to the debt securities of such series; provided that the trustee may refuse to follow any direction which
is in conflict with any law or the indenture and subject to certain other limitations.

No holder of any debt security of any series will have any right under the indenture to institute any proceeding with respect to the
indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such holder shall have previously given the trustee written notice of an Event of
Default with respect to debt securities of such series and unless the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding debt securities of such series also shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the trustee to
institute  the  proceeding,  and  the  trustee  shall  have  failed  to  institute  the  proceeding  within  60  days  after  its  receipt  of  such
request, and the trustee shall not have received from the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
debt securities of such series a direction inconsistent with such request. However, the right of a holder of any debt security to
receive payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on such debt security on or after the due dates expressed in such debt
security,  or  to  institute  suit  for  the  enforcement  of  any  such  payment  on  or  after  such  dates,  shall  not  be  impaired  or  affected
without the consent of such holder.

Merger

The indenture provides that the Company may consolidate with, sell, convey or lease all or substantially all of its assets to, or
merge with or into, any other corporation, if:

•       either  the  Company  is  the  continuing  corporation  or  the  successor  corporation  is  a  domestic  corporation  and  expressly
assumes  the  due  and  punctual  payment  of  the  principal  of  and  interest  on  all  the  debt  securities  outstanding  under  the
indenture  according  to  their  tenor  and  the  due  and  punctual  performance  and  observance  of  all  of  the  covenants  and
conditions of the indenture to be performed or observed by the Company; and

•    immediately after such merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance or lease, the Company or such successor corporation, as

the case may be, is not in material default in the performance or observance of any such covenant or condition.

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indentures

The  indenture  with  respect  to  any  series  of  debt  securities—except  for  certain  specified  surviving  obligations  including  the
Company’s obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the debt securities of such series—will be discharged and cancelled
upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the payment of all the debt securities of such series or the deposit with the
trustee under the indenture of cash or appropriate government obligations or a combination thereof sufficient for such payment or
redemption in accordance with the indenture and the terms of the debt securities of such series.

    
Modification of the Indentures

The  indenture  contains  provisions  permitting  the  Company  and  the  trustee,  with  the  consent  of  the  holders  of  not  less  than  a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the debt securities of each series at the time outstanding under the indenture affected
thereby,  to  execute  supplemental  indentures  adding  any  provisions  to,  or  changing  in  any  manner  or  eliminating  any  of  the
provisions  of,  the  indenture  or  any  supplemental  indenture  or  modifying  in  any  manner  the  rights  of  the  holders  of  the  debt
securities of each such series. No such supplemental indenture, however, may:

•    extend the final maturity date of any debt security, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the
time of payment of any interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof, or impair or affect the right
of any holder of debt securities to institute suit for payment thereof or, if the debt securities provide therefor, any right of
repayment at the option of the holders of the debt securities, without the consent of the holder of each debt security so
affected;

•    reduce the aforesaid percentage of debt securities of such series, the consent of the holders of which is required for any

such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the holders of all debt securities of such series so affected; or

•    reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity date of any original issue discount security.

Additionally,  in  certain  circumstances  prescribed  in  the  indenture,  the  Company  and  the  trustee  may  execute  supplemental
indentures without the consent of the holders of debt securities.

Defeasance

The indenture provides, if such provision is made applicable to the debt securities of any series, that the Company may elect to
terminate,  and  be  deemed  to  have  satisfied  and  to  be  discharged  from,  all  its  obligations  with  respect  to  such  series  of  debt
securities— except for the obligations to register the transfer or exchange of such debt securities, to replace mutilated, destroyed,
lost or stolen debt securities, to maintain an office or agency in respect of such debt securities, to compensate and indemnify the
trustee and to pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and interest, if any, on all debt securities of such series when due—upon
the deposit with the trustee, in trust for such purpose, of funds or government obligations which through the payment of principal
and interest in accordance with their terms will provide funds in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
independent registered public accounting firm, to pay the principal of and premium and interest, if any, on the outstanding debt
securities of such series, and any mandatory sinking fund or analogous payments thereon, on the scheduled due dates therefor.
We call this termination, satisfaction and discharge “defeasance.” Such a trust may be established only if, among other things:

•    the Company has delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel with regard to certain matters, including an opinion to the
effect that the holders of such debt securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a
result of such deposit and discharge and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts and in the

    
same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred, and
which opinion of counsel must be based upon:

•    a ruling of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service to the same effect; or

•        a  change  in  applicable  U.S.  federal  income  tax  law  after  the  date  of  the  indenture  such  that  a  ruling  is  no  longer

required;

•    no Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and

•    such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the indenture or any other material

agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound.

    
Exhibit 10(e)

PITNEY BOWES SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

As Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 2023

    
PITNEY BOWES SEVERANCE PAY PLAN
As Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 2023

I.    PURPOSE

The  purpose  of  the  Pitney  Bowes  Severance  Pay  Plan  (“Plan”)  is  to  provide  income  to  Employees  who  are  involuntarily
terminated by the Company for certain reasons. The provisions of this Plan generally do not apply in the case of an Employee’s
voluntary termination. However, the Plan contains provisions providing certain benefits to Employees who resign under specified
circumstances following a Change of Control.

A.    “Board” means the board of directors of Pitney Bowes Inc.

II.    DEFINITIONS

B.    “Cause” means with respect to the Company, embezzlement, malfeasance, commission of a felony, the non-performance of

one’s job or duties as determined by the Company in its sole discretion and acts of moral turpitude.

C.    “Change of Control” means the following where:

(i)    there is an acquisition, in any one transaction or a series of transactions, other than from Pitney Bowes Inc., by any
individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”)),  of  beneficial  ownership  (within  the  meaning  of  Rule  13(d)(3)  promulgated  under  the
Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of
the  then  outstanding  voting  securities  of  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  entitled  to  vote  generally  in  the  election  of  directors,  but
excluding, for this purpose, any such acquisition by Pitney Bowes Inc. or any of its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit
plan (or related trust) of Pitney Bowes Inc. or its subsidiaries, or any corporation with respect to which, following such
acquisition, more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting
power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is
then beneficially owed, directly or indirectly, by the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively,
of the common stock and voting securities of Pitney Bowes Inc. immediately prior to such acquisition in substantially the
same  proportion  as  their  ownership,  immediately  prior  to  such  acquisition,  of  the  then  outstanding  shares  of  common
stock  or  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  then  outstanding  voting  securities  of  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  entitled  to  vote
generally in the election of directors, as the case may be; or

(ii)    during any period of 12 consecutive calendar months, individuals who, as the first day of such period constitute the
Board  (as  of  such  date,  the  “Incumbent  Board”)  cease  for  any  reason  to  constitute  at  least  a  majority  of  the  Board,
provided that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the first day of such period, whose appointment, election,
or nomination for election by Pitney Bowes’ shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of directors then
comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board,
but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or
threatened election contest relating to the election of the

2

directors  until  such  time  (if  ever)  as  such  individual  is  approved  by  a  majority  of  the  directors  then  comprising  the
Incumbent Board; or

(iii)    there occurs either (A) the consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale or other disposition of
all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in each case, with respect to which the individuals and entities who
were the respective beneficial owners of the common stock and voting securities of Pitney Bowes Inc. immediately prior
to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale or other disposition do not, following such reorganization, merger,
consolidation or sale or other disposition, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then
outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to
vote  generally  in  the  election  of  directors,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  the  corporation  resulting  from  such  reorganization,
merger,  consolidation  or  sale  or  other  disposition,  or  (B)  an  approval  by  the  shareholders  of  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  of  a
complete liquidation or dissolution of Pitney Bowes Inc. or of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of Pitney Bowes Inc.

D.    “Committee” means the Employee Benefits Committee established by the Company.

E.    “Company” means Pitney Bowes Inc., its subsidiaries and affiliates participating in this Plan (and any successor entity)

F.        “Contract  Employee”  means  an  employee  (including  any  Fixed  Term  Contract  Employee  formerly  known  as  a  Buffer
Employee) who is employed by the Company pursuant to a written agreement and who is employed only for the duration of a
particular project.

G.    “Employee” means any regular full-time Employee on the U.S. payroll who is employed by the Company or any wholly-
owned,  fully-integrated  subsidiary  which  is  on  the  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  HR  information  system,  but  excluding  Contract
Employees (including Fixed Term Contract Employees formerly known as Buffer Employees), Leased Employees, PB Credit
Union Employees, Temporary and other Contingent Employees/Workers, Part-Time Employees and independent contractors.

Except in the case of a Change of Control, Employee does not include an Employee of the Company who participates in the
Company’s  Supplemental  Unemployment  Benefit  Plan.  In  the  case  of  a  Change  of  Control  the  Company’s  Employees  are
eligible to participate in this Plan’s Change of Control benefits to the exclusion of any other plan’s benefits. There shall be no
duplication of severance benefits between this Plan and any other severance plan under which the Employee is eligible for
benefits.

For  purposes  of  determining  an  individual’s  eligibility  to  participate  in  the  Plan,  an  individual  who  is  an  independent
contractor and is reclassified by the Company, any governmental agency or a court as an employee for any purpose, including
for purposes of employment taxes and wage withholding for Federal income taxes, shall not be eligible for participation in the
Plan for the period during which such individual was an independent contractor. Subsequent  participation  in  the  Plan  by  a
reclassified employee shall be based on eligibility requirements under the Plan then applicable to the reclassified employee.

H.    “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

I.    “Leased Employees” means any individuals who meet the definition of “leased employee” in Section 414(n) of the Internal

Revenue Code, as amended and related regulations.

J.    “Part-Time Employees” means employees who regularly work less than 30 hours per week.

3

K.    “Participant” means any Employee who is covered by the Plan. An Employee will not participate in this Plan if he or she is
eligible  to  participate  in  the  Company’s  Supplemental  Unemployment  Benefit  Plan  (“SUB  Plan”),  except  in  the  case  of  a
Change of Control. In the case of a Change of Control, the Company’s Employees are eligible to participate in this Plan’s
Change of Control benefits to the exclusion of any other severance benefits offered by the Company (e.g. benefits provided
under  the  SUB  Plan).  There  shall  be  no  duplication  of  severance  benefits  between  this  Plan  and  any  other  severance  plan
under which the Employee is eligible for benefits.

L.    “Pay” means the base rate of pay (excluding any shift differential or premium) that is effective on the last working day of
employment. For sales representatives, “Pay” will be the earnings paid to the Employee for the 52-week period ending with
the last pay date at least 45 days preceding the date the Employee terminates employment (“termination date”). The following
items will not  be  considered  “Pay”:  overtime,  profit  sharing,  compensation  in  lieu  of  vacation,  suggestion  awards,  special
awards and prizes, adoption payments, severance payments, relocation payments, referral payments, tuition reimbursements,
year-end override bonus, performance-based compensation such as a payment under the Pitney Bowes Incentive Plan, sales
representatives’ vacation pay and cash incentive unit awards.

M.    “PB Credit Union Employee” means an employee of the Pitney Bowes Credit Union.

N.    “Pitney Bowes” means Pitney Bowes Inc.

O.    “Plan” means the Pitney Bowes Severance Pay Plan as amended and restated effective as of October 1, 2023, as amended

and restated from time to time.

P.        “Temporary  and  other  Contingent  Employees/Workers”  means  an  individual  whose  engagement  with  the  Company  is
intended to be for a limited period, generally not to exceed 24 months and whose work activity consists of short-term projects
other than as a Contract Employee.

Q.        “Years  of  Service”  means  completed  years  and  months  of  service  with  the  Company  based  on  the  period  of  service
beginning with the Employee’s employment date (the date he or she first performs an hour of service as an Employee) to his
or her termination date. The Employee shall continue to accrue Years of Service during approved leaves of absence, military
service absences, paid holidays, paid vacations, temporary absences due to illness or injury, disability, or any other reason, if
service  is  customarily  accrued  for  purposes  of  the  Pitney  Bowes  Pension  Plan  or  the  retirement  plan  of  the  Company’s
subsidiary for which the Employee works. In  case  of  reemployment,  subsequent  termination  pay  entitlement  will  be  based
upon credited service beginning on the date of rehire.

III.    ELIGIBLITY

A.        Eligibility.  Each  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  severance  pay  under  the  Plan  payable  in  accordance  with  the  applicable
severance benefit formula set forth in Section IV, provided his or her employment is terminated by the Company for any one
of the following reasons:

1.    The full or partial shutdown of a business or a facility or department.

2.    The sale of all or part of a business of the Company by means of a sale of assets or stock, or any form of merger, spin-off

or reorganization, including outsourcing of a business or function.

4

3.       The  elimination  of  the  Employee’s  job  or  the  consolidation  or  restructuring  of  his  or  her  job  functions  on  account  of

reorganization.

4.    Employment termination within two years after a Change of Control of the Company.

5.    Any other circumstances deemed appropriate by the Company in its sole discretion from time to time, subject to Section

III.C. hereof.

B.    Exception. Notwithstanding any other provision hereunder, an Employee shall not be eligible for severance pay hereunder if:

1.        Within  30  days  prior  to  or  after  termination  of  employment  with  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates,  the
Employee  is  offered  a  comparable  job  with  or  accepts  a  job  offered  by  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates,
except  that  an  offer  of  continued  employment  or  reemployment  after  a  Change  of  Control  shall  be  subject  to  the
limitations set forth in Section IV.E herein;

2.    The Employee is terminated for Cause.

3.    Within 30 days of termination of employment with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Employee is either
offered a comparable job or accepts a position offered by a purchaser, joint venturer, affiliate, transferee, spun-off entity,
successor in interest (including without limitation one resulting from a merger or reorganization) of the Company or any
of its subsidiaries or affiliates or other entity acquiring the stock or the assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or
affiliates, including without limitation, an outsourcing company taking over a function or portion of the business of the
Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

A  “comparable  job”  for  purposes  of  Section  III  shall  mean  a  job  that  pays  at  least  85%  of  the  Employee’s  base  salary  or
straight time hourly rate of pay immediately prior to the offer of employment and the location of which is no more than 35
miles from the Employee’s former primary worksite. The 35 mile requirement will not be applicable where the Employee’s
commutation  to  the  new  primary  worksite  is  less  than  the  Employee’s  commutation  the  former  primary  worksite.  The
Committee shall determine the primary worksite where the Employee does not report to any one work location on a regular
basis. An offer of continued employment or reemployment after a Change of Control shall be subject to the limitations set
forth  in  Section  IV.  E.  “Change  of  Control  Termination”  herein.  The  Committee’s  determination  as  to  whether  a  job  is
“comparable” shall be made in the Committee’s sole and absolute discretion and shall be final and binding on all parties.

C.        Release.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  hereunder  to  the  contrary,  any  additional  discretionary  payments  made
pursuant to Section III.A.5. and Section IV.A.(other than Section IV.A.1) may at the Company’s discretion be conditioned on
the Employee’s signing a waiver and release of claims to the satisfaction of the company.

IV.    PAYMENT FORMULA

A.    1. Base Severance. The Company shall pay a minimum of two (2) weeks of Pay in severance benefits under this Plan if an
eligible Employee’s employment is terminated under circumstances described in Section III (“Minimum Severance Benefit”).

2. Conditional Severance. Severance benefits paid in excess of Base Severance is referred to as Conditional Severance. The
Company  will  provide  one  week  of  Pay,  inclusive  of  Base  Severance,  for  each  completed  full  Year  of  Service  (and  one
additional half week of Pay if an

5

Employee, in addition to completed full Years of Service, also has completed at least 6 months, but less than 12 months of
service  in  an  only  partially  completed  year),  if  the  Participant’s  service  exceeds  three  years  and  the  Employee  signs  a
separation agreement prepared by the Company containing a waiver and release of claims. If the Employee signs a separation
agreement  prepared  by  the  Company  containing  a  waiver  and  release  of  claims,  the  minimum  severance  benefit  payable
inclusive of Base and Conditional Severance shall be three (3) weeks of Pay, if the Participant’s service is three years or less.
For  Employees  below  compensation  Band  I,  severance  benefits,  including  Base  Severance,  are  capped  at  thirty-nine  (39)
weeks.

3. Additional Conditional Severance. In addition, the Company reserves the right to pay additional amounts to Employees,
but the Company may exercise its discretion to pay no additional amount at all. In order to receive Additional Conditional
Severance,  the  Employee  is  required  to  sign  a  separation  agreement  prepared  by  the  Company  containing  a  waiver  and
release of claims.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  formula,  the  Company  reserves  the  right  to  make  discretionary  severance  payments  as
business  conditions  warrant  in  lieu  of  payments  based  on  the  normal  severance  benefit  formula  described  herein  and  to
require a waiver and release of claims for such discretionary severance.

B.    Change of Control Exception. If any Employee employed by the Company as of the date of a Change of Control resigns for
any Good Reason set forth in Section IV.E. hereof and is then not subject to termination of employment by the Company for
Cause or, if any Employee is terminated by the Company for the reasons set forth in Section III.A. (and the exception under
Section  III.B.  is  not  applicable  for  this  purpose)  within  two  years  after  a  Change  of  Control  occurs  whether  or  not  such
termination  is  in  connection  with  such  Change  of  Control  (“Change  of  Control  Termination”),  such  Employee  shall  be
entitled to severance pay in accordance with the following:

1.    For non-exempt Employees, two weeks of Pay for each completed full or partial Year of Service, with a minimum of four

weeks.

2.        For  exempt  Employees  below  compensation  Band  F,  three  weeks  of  Pay  for  each  completed  full  or  partial  Year  of

Service, with a minimum of three months.

3.    For Employees in compensation bands F or G, four weeks of Pay for each full or partial Year of Service, with a minimum

of six months.

Employees in compensation Bands H, I and J are not eligible for Change of Control severance benefits under this Plan.

C.    Applicability of Change of Control. “Change of Control” provisions only apply if Pitney Bowes Inc. incurs a “Change of
Control.” Such provisions do not apply to employees of a Pitney Bowes subsidiary if that subsidiary or affiliated company
undergoes a change of control.

D.        Maximum  Severance  Benefit.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary,  the  maximum  severance  pay  benefit  payable

hereunder to any Employee shall be an amount equal to two years of Pay.

E.        Change  of  Control  Termination.  A  “Change  of  Control  Termination”  shall  include  termination  of  the  Employee’s

employment by the Employee for the following Good Reasons:

6

1.    The assignment to an Employee of any duties inconsistent in any respect with the Employee’s position, authority, duties
or responsibilities as existed on the day immediately prior to the Change of Control, or any other action by the Company
which results in a diminution in such position, authority, duties, or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated,
insubstantial,  and  inadvertent  action  taken  in  good  faith  and  remedied  by  the  Company  or  subsidiary,  as  applicable,
promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Employee;

2.    Any failure by the Company following a Change of Control to continue to provide the Employee with Pay, benefits, or
other compensation equal to or greater than that to which such Employee was entitled immediately prior to the date of the
Change of Control, other than an isolated, insubstantial, and inadvertent failure occurring in good faith and remedied by
the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Employee;

3.    The Company’s requiring the Employee after a Change in Control to be based at any office or location more than 35
miles  farther  from  the  Employee’s  place  of  residence  or  the  office  or  location  at  which  the  Employee  is  employed
immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control; or

4.    Any failure by Pitney Bowes Inc. to require any successor company who acquires all or substantially all of the business
and/or  assets  of  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  (whether  direct  or  indirect,  by  purchase,  merger,  consolidation  or  otherwise)  to
expressly assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under the Plan in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

For purposes of subparagraphs 1 through 4 of Section IV, any good faith determination made by an affected Employee
shall be conclusive.

F.    Notice of Termination. As a condition of receiving any severance pay hereunder in connection with a Change of Control
Termination,  any  termination  by  the  Employee  shall  be  communicated  by  a  Notice  of  Termination  to  the  Company.  Any
Notice  of  Termination  shall  be  by  written  instrument  which  (i)  indicates  the  specific  termination  provision  in  paragraph  E
above relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of
the  Employee’s  employment  under  the  provision  so  indicated,  and  (iii)  if  the  date  of  termination  is  other  than  the  date  of
receipt  of  such  notice,  specifies  the  termination  date  (which  date  shall  not  be  more  than  15  days  after  the  giving  of  such
notice). The failure by any Employee to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a
showing of entitlement to, terminate under subparagraphs 1 through 4 of paragraph E above shall not waive any right of such
Employee or preclude such Employee from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his rights.

G. Cure Period. Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a  termination  of  employment  for  Good  Reason  under  Section  IV.  E.  shall  not
occur if, within 30 days after the date the Employee gives a Notice of Termination to the Company after a Change of Control,
the Company corrects the action or failure to act that constitutes the grounds for termination for Good Reason as described in
Section IV.E. and as set forth in the Employee’s Notice of Termination. If the Company does not correct the action or failure
to act, the Employee must terminate his or her employment for Good Reason within 60 days after the end of the cure period,
in order for the termination to be considered a Good Reason termination.

H.  Best-Net  Cutback.  In  the  event  that  any  benefits  payable  to  an  Employee  pursuant  to  the  Plan  (“Payments”)  (i)  constitute

“parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G

7

of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section IV would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any
comparable successor provisions (the “Excise Tax”), then the Employee’s Payments hereunder shall be either (x) provided to
the  Employee  in  full,  or  (y)  provided  to  the  Employee  as  to  such  lesser  extent  which  would  result  in  no  portion  of  such
benefits being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, when taking into account applicable federal,
state, local and foreign income and employment taxes, the Excise Tax, and any other applicable taxes, results in the receipt by
the  Employee,  on  an  after-tax  basis,  of  the  greatest  amount  of  benefits,  notwithstanding  that  all  or  some  portion  of  such
benefits may be taxable under the Excise Tax. In the event that the payments and/or benefits are to be reduced pursuant to this
Section  IV,  such  payments  and  benefits  shall  be  reduced  such  that  the  reduction  of  compensation  to  be  provided  to  the
Employee  as  a  result  of  this  Section  IV  is  minimized.  In  applying  this  principle,  the  reduction  shall  be  made  in  a  manner
consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to
reduction but payable  at  different  times,  such  amounts  shall  be  reduced  on  a  pro rata basis but not below zero.  Unless the
Company and the Employee otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section IV shall be made in
writing in good faith by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accountants”). The Company
shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section
IV.

I.        Other  Severance  and  Severance  –type  Payments. Any  severance  pay  benefits  otherwise  payable  under  this  Plan,  shall  be
reduced by amounts paid or payable under a severance pay arrangement or agreement between Pitney Bowes (including such
company that Pitney Bowes has acquired, divested, reorganized, merged into or spun-off) and the Employee.

V.    FORMS OF PAYMENT

Severance shall be paid in a stream of payments on normal paydays following the termination date at the salary rate in effect on
the termination date, however, in no event shall the payment schedule extend over a period of more than two years from the date
of termination from employment.

Notwithstanding  the  above,  severance  payable  as  a  result  of  a  termination  of  employment  occurring  within  two  years  after  a
Change of Control shall be paid either: (a) in a single lump sum payment within fifteen (15) days following the termination of
employment or (b) in a stream of payments payable on regular pay periods following the termination of employment only if the
Change of Control event does not meet the definition of “change of control” under IRC Section 409A and if required to be paid
in that fashion by IRC Section 409A to avoid the additional tax imposed by IRC Section 409A.

VI.    DEATH

If  an  Employee  dies  during  a  period  of  severance  payment  hereunder,  any  remaining  severance  pay  that  would  otherwise  be
payable  if  the  Employee  had  not  died  shall  be  paid  to  the  Employee’s  estate.  No  severance  benefits  not  otherwise  payable
hereunder shall be payable under this Plan by reason of the Employee’s death.

VII.    CLAIM PROCEDURE

A.        Administrative Review. If  an  Employee  makes  a  written  request  alleging  a  right  to  receive  payments  under  this  Plan  or
alleging a right to receive an adjustment in benefits being paid under this Plan, such actions shall be treated as a claim for
benefits. All  claims  for  benefits  under  this  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  the  Vice  President,  Global  Compensation  &  HR
Shared Services or equivalent role or, if delegated, to such human resources director or

8

appropriate  administrator  at  the  Employee’s  business  unit  (“Administrator”).  If  the  Administrator  determines  that  any
individual who has claimed a right to receive benefits, or different benefits, under this Plan is not entitled to receive all or any
part  of  the  benefits  claimed,  the  Administrator  shall  inform  the  claimant  in  writing  of  such  determination  and  the  reasons
therefore in terms calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notice shall be sent within 90 days of the claim unless the
Administrator determines that additional time, not exceeding 90 days, is needed. The notice shall make specific reference to
the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, and shall describe any additional material or information that is
necessary.  Such  notice  shall,  in  addition,  inform  the  claimant  of  the  procedure  that  the  claimant  should  follow  to  take
advantage of the review procedure set forth below in the event the claimant desires to contest the denial of the claim. If the
Employee is not notified within the 90 day period specified herein, he or she may assume the claim has been denied.

B.    Appeal to the Committee. The claimant may within 90 days thereafter submit in writing to the Committee a notice that the
claimant contests the denial of his or her claims and desires a further review by the Committee. The Committee shall within
60  days  thereafter  review  the  claim.  The  Committee  will  render  a  final  decision  on  behalf  of  the  Company  with  specific
reasons therefore in writing and will transmit it to the claimant within 60 days of the written request for review, unless it is
determined that additional time, not exceeding 60 days, is needed, and so notifies the Employee. If the Committee fails to
respond to a claim filed in accordance with the foregoing within 60 days or any such extended period, the Company shall be
deemed to have denied the claim.

C.    Reimbursement of Claimant’s Expenses. If, after a Change of Control, an Employee institutes any legal action seeking to
obtain or enforce, or is required to defend in any legal action the validity or enforceability of, any right or benefit provided by
this Plan, the Company will pay for all actual legal fees and expenses incurred (as incurred) by such Employee, regardless of
the outcome of such action and whether such action is between the Company and the Participant or between either of them
and any third party.

D.    Statute of Limitations. Completion of the claims and appeals process set forth in this Section VII. and Plan is a prerequisite
to seeking any remedy in court. A participant may not bring any legal action relating to a claim for benefits under the Plan
unless  and  until  the  participant  has  followed  the  claims  procedures  under  the  Plan  and  exhausted  his  or  her  administrative
remedies under such claims procedures. Moreover, any ERISA claim filed in state or federal court more than six-months after
receipt of notice of an adverse benefit determination at the conclusion of the appeals process set forth herein shall be barred
as untimely. For  purposes of this  Article  Ten,  notice  shall  be  deemed  to  be  received  five  days after the date of the written
notification.

VIII.    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

A.    This Plan is established by the Company on a voluntary basis and not on past consideration for services rendered, and the
benefits herein are provided at the will of the Company. Neither the establishment of this Plan nor the payment of benefits by
the Company shall be construed or interpreted as a condition of employment, nor shall this Plan modify or enlarge any rights
of any person covered by it to be continued or to be retained in the employ of the Company.

B.        Prior  to  the  time  a  Change  of  Control  has  occurred,  the  Company  may,  in  its  sole  discretion,  without  notice,  amend  or
modify,  in  whole  or  in  part,  all  of  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Plan;  provided,  however,  that  this  Plan  may  not  be  so
amended or modified in connection with an actual or threatened Change of Control in any manner which would adversely
affect

9

the  interests  of  Employees.  Such  amendment  or  modification  may  be  retroactive  in  application;  provided,  however,  such
retroactive application shall not require or provide for the return or repayment of any benefits paid prior to the date of the
adoption of the amendment or modification.

C.    Prior to the time a Change of Control has occurred, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to terminate this Plan
without  notice  at  any  time;  provided,  however,  that  this  Plan  may  not  be  so  terminated  in  connection  with  an  actual  or
threatened Change of Control. Such termination shall be effective as of the date specified by the Company and, if no date is
specified,  the  date  of  the  action  of  termination  by  the  Company.  Upon  termination,  the  Company  will  continue  to  make
payments according to the terms of any effective terminated pay agreements, which have not been fully paid.

D.    When a Change of Control, as defined herein, occurs, then all rights to severance payments contained herein shall vest in all
covered Employees and shall be considered a contract right enforceable against the Company and any successors thereto.

IX.    PLAN ADMINSTRATON

A.        The  Committee  shall  be  authorized  to  adopt  administrative  rules  and  procedures  concerning  the  Plan  or  delegate  to  the
business units such authority and any such rules and procedures shall be binding upon Participants, except insofar the matter
deals with an executive officer of the Company. In Plan matters involving executive officers of the Company, the Executive
Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors has reserved to itself all powers and authority with respect to
this Plan, which it has otherwise delegated to the Committee with respect to non-executive officers.

B.    All expenses reasonably incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

C.        The  determination  or  action  of  the  Committee  with  respect  to  any  question  arising  out  of  or  in  connection  with  the
administration  of  the  Plan  shall,  to  the  extent  not  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  the  Plan,  be  final,  conclusive,  and
binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan.

D.    The Committee shall have the following powers and duties concerning the Plan:

1.    to interpret and construe the terms and provisions of the Plan, to apply such terms and provisions as the Committee may

exclusively determine, to determine questions of eligibility and of the status and rights of Participants;

2.    to make and enforce such rules and regulations as it shall deem necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the

Plan;

3.    to delegate to the business units at Pitney Bowes such powers and duties to enable them to administer the Plan.

E.    The Committee shall be the “Plan Administrator” of the Plan for purposes of ERISA. However, the Committee has delegated
to  the  appropriate  Human  Resources  professionals  in  the  business  units  the  day-to-day,  on-going  administrative
responsibilities of the Plan. In addition, the Committee has delegated to the Human Resources professionals administrative
responsibility regarding employee eligibility for the Plan. It is intended that Human Resources administrators in the business
units shall have no discretion such that these

10

individuals performing services in these business units with respect to the Plan would not be considered to be “fiduciaries”
within the meaning of Section (3)(21) of ERISA.

F.        All  fiduciaries  shall  discharge  their  duties  with  respect  to  the  Plan  solely  in  the  interest  of  the  Employees  and  for  the
exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Employees and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, with
the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity
and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. The Company
shall purchase and maintain liability insurance (which insurance shall not permit recourse against the insured parties), with
scope of coverage and limits of liability sufficient to protect the fiduciaries from monetary liability for any breach of their
responsibilities not resulting from their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

X.    MISCELLANEOUS

A.    Benefits under the Plan are not in any way subject to the debts or other obligations of the persons entitled thereto and may
not be voluntarily or involuntarily sold, transferred, hypothecated, pledged or assigned. When any person entitled to benefits
under the Plan is under a legal disability, or in the opinion of the Committee is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to
manage his or her affairs, the Committee may cause such person’s benefits to be paid to or for the benefit of such person in
any  manner  that  the  Committee  may  determine  without  responsibility  of  the  Committee  or  the  Company.  Payments  made
pursuant  to  such  power  shall  operate  as  a  complete  discharge  of  the  obligation  under  the  Plan  to  make  such  payments.
Payments hereunder are, however, subject to all applicable withholding taxes.

B.    The headings of the section in this Plan are placed herein for convenience of reference and, in the case of any conflict, the

text of the Plan, rather than such headings, shall control.

C.    The masculine or feminine pronoun used herein refers to both men and women and, used in singular, is intended to include

the plural, whenever appropriate.

D.    To the extent not inconsistent with ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the

State of Connecticut other than its choice of law rules.

E.    In the event a person receives a benefit payment under the Plan which is in excess of the benefit payment that should have
been made, the Committee shall have the right to recover the amount of such excess from such person. The Committee may
at its option, deduct the amount of such excess from any subsequent benefits payable under the Plan to, or for, the person.

F.    Any action required or permitted to be taken under the Plan by the Company may be taken by such individual, Committee or

entity as the Company may designate from time to time.

G.    No payment may be made under this Plan that would cause it to be a “pension” plan as distinguished from a “welfare” plan
under the Employees Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Department of Labor Regulations 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-
2(b) and successor regulations.

H.    This Plan shall have no effect on the Employee’s eligibility for other benefits customarily provided after termination unless
otherwise  stated  in  a  written  agreement  executed  by  an  authorized  representative  of  the  Company  or  in  the  applicable
employee  benefit  plan  document.  The  payments  of  benefits  under  this  Plan  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  a  continuation  of
employment.

11

I.    This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan. All payments pursuant to the Plan shall be made from the general funds of the
Company  and  no  special  or  separate  fund  shall  be  established  or  other  segregation  of  assets  made  to  assure  payment.  No
Participant  or  other  person  shall  have  under  any  circumstances  any  interest  in  any  particular  property  or  assets  of  the
Company as a result of participating in the Plan.

J.    Code Section 409A. If and to the extent that Code Section 409A applies to amounts payable under the Plan, distributions may
only be made under the Plan upon an event and in a manner permitted by Section 409A. To the extent that any provision of
the Plan would cause a conflict with any applicable requirements of Section 409A, or would cause the administration of the
Plan to fail to satisfy the applicable requirements of Section 409A, such provision shall be deemed null and void.

This Agreement is intended to comply with Code Section 409A and its corresponding regulations, or an exemption, to the
extent applicable. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if Code Section 409A applies to the Plan and if an
Employee is a “specified employee,” as defined in Code Section 409A, payment of benefits under this Plan upon termination
of  employment  shall  be  postponed  for  six  months  after  termination  of  employment  if  required  in  order  to  avoid  adverse
taxation  under  Code  Section  409A.  If  payment  of  benefits  under  the  Plan  is  required  to  be  postponed  pursuant  to  Code
Section 409A, the accumulated amounts withheld on account of Code Section 409A shall be paid in a lump sum payment
within five days after the end of the required postponement period along with interest at the Applicable Federal Rate (short-
term) on the unpaid balance for the postponement period. If the Employee dies during such postponement period prior to the
payment  of  benefits,  the  amounts  withheld  on  account  of  Code  Section  409A  shall  be  paid  to  the  Employee’s  beneficiary
determined under Section VI.

As  used  in  this  Plan,  the  term  “termination  of  employment”  shall  mean  an  Employee’s  separation  from  service  with  the
Company within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of Code Section 409A, the right to a series of payments
under the Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event may a Participant, directly or
indirectly, designate the calendar year of a payment. All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Plan and
any separation agreement hereunder shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

K.    The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other
provision of this Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect, and any prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall
not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

12

PITNEY BOWES INC.
SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT
The Registrant, Pitney Bowes Inc., a Delaware Corporation, has no parent
The following are subsidiaries of the Registrant
(as of December 31, 2023)

Exhibit 21

Subsidiary Name
B. Williams Funding Corp.
Cresco Data Australia Pty Ltd
Cresco Data Pte. Ltd
Harvey Company, L.L.C
MCGW Technology Development Private Limited
Mount Verde Insurance Company, Inc.
OldEurope Limited
OldMS Limited
PB Equipment Management Inc.
PB European UK LLC
PB Nova Scotia Holdings ULC
PB Nova Scotia II ULC
PB Nova Scotia VI ULC
PB Nova Scotia VII ULC
PB Professional Services Inc.
PB Worldwide Inc.
Pitney Bowes (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd
Pitney Bowes Australia FAS Pty Limited
Pitney Bowes Australia Pty Limited
Pitney Bowes Brasil Equipamentos e Servicos Ltda
Pitney Bowes Canada II LP
Pitney Bowes Deutschland GmbH
Pitney Bowes Finance Limited
Pitney Bowes Funding SRL
Pitney Bowes Global Ecommerce (APAC) Co. Ltd.
Pitney Bowes Global Ecommerce Inc.
Pitney Bowes Global Ecommerce Ireland Limited
Pitney Bowes Global Ecommerce UK Limited
Pitney Bowes Global Financial Services LLC
Pitney Bowes Global Limited
Pitney Bowes Global LLC
Pitney Bowes Global Logistics LLC
Pitney Bowes Holdco Limited
Pitney Bowes Holding SNC
Pitney Bowes Holdings Limited
Pitney Bowes India Private Limited
Pitney Bowes International Finance Limited
Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc.
Pitney Bowes Ireland Limited
Pitney Bowes Japan K.K.
Pitney Bowes Limited

Country or state of incorporation
Delaware
Australia
Singapore
Delaware
India
Vermont
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Delaware
Delaware
Canada
Canada
Canada
Canada
Delaware
Delaware
Singapore
Australia
Australia
Brazil
Canada
Germany
United Kingdom
Barbados
China
Delaware
Ireland
United Kingdom
Delaware
United Kingdom
Delaware
Delaware
United Kingdom
France
United Kingdom
India
United Kingdom
Delaware
Ireland
Japan
United Kingdom

Pitney Bowes Luxembourg Holding S.a.r.l.
Pitney Bowes New Zealand Limited
Pitney Bowes Nova Scotia ULC
Pitney Bowes of Canada Ltd. - Pitney Bowes du Canada Ltee
Pitney Bowes PayCo Hong Kong Limited
Pitney Bowes Polska Sp. z.o.o.
Pitney Bowes Presort Services, LLC
Pitney Bowes Puerto Rico, Inc.
Pitney Bowes SAS
Pitney Bowes Shelton Realty LLC
Pitney Bowes Software Pty Ltd
Pitney Bowes UK Funding Limited
Pitney Bowes UK LP
The Pitney Bowes Bank, Inc.
Wheeler Financial from Pitney Bowes Inc.

Luxembourg
New Zealand
Canada
Canada
Hong Kong
Poland
Delaware
Puerto Rico
France
Connecticut
Australia
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Utah
Delaware

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-269872) and on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-266460,
333-240336, 333-231313, 333-224833, 333-190308, 333-132591, 333-132590, and 333-05731) of Pitney Bowes Inc. of our report dated February 20, 2024
relating to the financial statements, the financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this
Form 10-K.

EXHIBIT 23

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 20, 2024

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Jason C. Dies, certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by  this
report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.        The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:

a. Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to
ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the

effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  registrant's  most  recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.    The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control

over financial reporting.

Date: February 20, 2024

/s/ Jason C. Dies
Jason C. Dies
Interim Chief Executive Officer

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Ana Maria Chadwick, certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by  this
report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.        The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:

a. Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to
ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the

effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  registrant's  most  recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.    The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control

over financial reporting.

Date: February 20, 2024
/s/ Ana Maria Chadwick
Ana Maria Chadwick
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  of  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  (the  "Company")  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  as  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Jason C. Dies, Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, to the
best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the
Company.

/s/ Jason C. Dies
Jason C. Dies
Interim Chief Executive Officer

Date:    February 20, 2024

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  of  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  (the  "Company")  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  as  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Ana Maria Chadwick, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
the Company, certify, to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, that:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the
Company.

/s/ Ana Maria Chadwick
Ana Maria Chadwick
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date:    February 20, 2024

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company.